SANDY SPRING BANCORP INC
10-Q, 1997-11-13
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: OAK TECHNOLOGY INC, 10-Q, 1997-11-13
Next: ENSTAR INCOME GROWTH PROGRAM SIX A L P, 10-Q, 1997-11-13



<PAGE>
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q

(X) QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 1997
                               ------------------

                                       OR

() TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the transition period from              to             
                               -------------  -------------

Commission File Number: 0-19065


                  Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                Maryland                             52-1532952
        ------------------------      ---------------------------------------
        (State of incorporation)      (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

  17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland        20832        301-774-6400
  -------------------------------------      ---------    ------------------
      (Address of principal office)          (Zip Code)   (Telephone Number)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all 
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES  X   NO
    ---     ---
         The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of October 21, 1997
is 4,880,202 shares.
<PAGE>
 
                              SANDY SPRING BANCORP

                                      INDEX

                                                                Page
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         Consolidated Balance Sheets at
         September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996.............................1

         Consolidated Statements of Income for the
         the Three and Nine Month Periods Ended
         September 30, 1997 and 1996..........................................2

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for
         the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 1997 and 1996.............3

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................5

  ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
          FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.......................6

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

  ITEM 6. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K...................................11

  SIGNATURES.................................................................12
<PAGE>
 
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Sandy Spring Bancorp and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             September 30,   December 31,
                                                                                 1997            1996
                                                                             ------------    -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>
ASSETS

  Cash and due from banks                                                     $   23,194      $  32,899

  Federal funds sold                                                               5,707         23,278

  Interest-bearing deposits with banks                                               944            861

  Residential mortgage loans held for sale                                         8,264          7,985

  Investments available-for-sale (at fair value)                                 320,529        234,423

  Investments held-to-maturity -- fair value of $108,016 (1997) and
    $123,067 (1996)                                                              106,781        122,272

  Other equity securities                                                          9,440          5,111


  Total Loans (net of unearned income)                                           552,389        523,166

    Less: Allowance for credit losses                                             (6,634)        (6,391)
                                                                              ----------      ---------

       Net loans                                                                 545,755        516,775


  Premises and equipment                                                          25,390         20,211

  Accrued interest receivable                                                      9,384          7,917

  Other real estate owned                                                            201              0

  Other assets                                                                    11,457          6,863
                                                                              ----------      ---------

     TOTAL ASSETS                                                             $1,067,046      $ 978,595
                                                                              ==========      =========


LIABILITIES

  Noninterest-bearing deposits                                                $  128,325      $ 117,052

  Interest-bearing deposits                                                      689,857        689,289
                                                                              ----------      ---------

      Total deposits                                                             818,182        806,341

  Short-term borrowings                                                          136,886         68,127

  Long-term borrowings                                                             4,598          4,820

  Accrued interest and other liabilities                                           3,807          2,726
                                                                              ----------      ---------

      TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                          963,473        882,014


STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  Common stock -- par value $1.00; shares authorized 15,000,000; shares
     issued and outstanding 4,888,164 (1997) and 4,902,113 (1996)                  4,888          4,902

  Surplus                                                                         32,859         33,474

  Retained earnings                                                               64,171         57,669

  Net unrealized gain on investments available-for-sale                            1,655            536
                                                                              ----------      ---------

      TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                 103,573         96,581
                                                                              ----------      ---------

      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                              $1,067,046      $ 978,595
                                                                              ==========      =========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                        1
<PAGE>
 
Sandy Spring Bancorp and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Three Months Ended             Nine Months Ended
                                                                                  September 30,                 September 30,
                                                                           ---------------------------    --------------------------
                                                                               1997            1996          1997           1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Interest income:

 Interest and fees on loans                                                 $   12,524      $  11,627      $  36,917      $  34,508

 Interest on loans held for sale                                                    90             36            206            117

 Interest on deposits with banks                                                    19             81             61            180

 Interest and dividends on securities:

   Taxable                                                                       5,693          3,841         15,158         10,898

   Nontaxable                                                                      828            831          2,450          2,525

Interest on federal funds sold                                                     257            357            904          1,087
                                                                            ----------      ---------      ---------      ---------
     TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                                      19,411         16,773         55,696         49,315

Interest expense:

 Interest on deposits                                                            7,297          6,973         21,509         20,878

 Interest on short-term borrowings                                               1,702            523          3,652          1,372

 Interest on long-term borrowings                                                   84             84            244            239
                                                                            ----------      ---------      ---------      ---------
      TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                                     9,083          7,580         25,405         22,489
                                                                            ----------      ---------      ---------      ---------
NET INTEREST INCOME                                                             10,328          9,193         30,291         26,826

Provision for Credit Losses                                                        300             --            525            208
                                                                            ----------      ---------      ---------      ---------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION
  FOR CREDIT LOSSES                                                             10,028          9,193         29,766         26,618

Noninterest Income:

 Securities gains (losses)                                                         183            (16)           315            (66)

 Service charges on deposit accounts                                               856            766          2,434          2,154

 Gains on mortgage sales                                                           319            145            843            588

 Trust income                                                                      331            231            850            670

 Other income                                                                      843            392          1,933          1,384
                                                                            ----------      ---------      ---------      ---------
      TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME                                                   2,532          1,518          6,375          4,730

Noninterest Expenses:

 Salaries and employee benefits                                                  4,234          3,718         12,121         10,746

 Occupancy expense of premises                                                     598            525          1,683          1,559

 Equipment expenses                                                                550            582          1,601          1,633

 Marketing                                                                         197            300            909            770

 FDIC insurance expense                                                             26              2             76              4

 Outside data services                                                             336            429            933            898

 Other expenses                                                                  1,342          1,310          3,909          3,287
                                                                            ----------      ---------      ---------      ---------
      TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSES                                                 7,283          6,866         21,232         18,897
                                                                            ----------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Income Before Income Taxes                                                       5,277          3,845         14,909         12,451

Income Tax Expense                                                               1,763          1,372          5,072          4,199
                                                                            ----------      ---------      ---------      ---------
NET INCOME                                                                  $    3,514         $2,473      $   9,837      $   8,252
                                                                            ==========      =========      =========      =========

PER SHARE DATA:

Net Income                                                                  $     0.71      $    0.51      $    2.00      $    1.71

Dividends Declared                                                                0.24           0.20           0.68           0.57
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                        2
<PAGE>
 
Sandy Spring Bancorp and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Nine Months Ended
                                                                                                     September 30,
                                                                                         -----------------------------------
                                                                                              1997                  1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>                    <C>       
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 Net Income                                                                              $    9,837             $    8,252

 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
   activities:

   Depreciation and amortization                                                              1,592                  1,374

   Provision for credit losses                                                                  525                    208

   Deferred income taxes                                                                         (4)                   152

   Origination of loans held for sale                                                       (52,838)               (40,134)

   Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale                                                53,402                 42,348

   Gains on sales of loans held for sale                                                       (843)                  (653)

   Securities (gains) losses                                                                   (315)                    66

   Net change in:

     Accrued interest receivable                                                             (1,467)                  (491)

     Accrued income taxes                                                                       324                   (550)

     Other accrued expenses                                                                     757                   (172)

   Other -- net                                                                              (5,573)                   515
                                                                                         ----------             ----------
      NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                               5,397                 10,915

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits with banks                                (83)                   204

 Purchases of investments held-to-maturity                                                   (9,074)               (24,967)

 Purchases of other equity securities                                                        (4,685)                  (304)

 Purchases of investments available-for-sale                                               (263,813)               (96,434)

 Proceeds from sales of investments available-for-sale                                       58,393                 14,798

 Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments of investments                       24,709                 25,151
   held-to-maturity

 Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments of investments                      121,476                 40,027
   available-for-sale

 Proceeds from sales of loans                                                                     0                    291

 Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned                                                 359                    250

 Net increase in loans receivable                                                           (29,755)               (24,884)

 Expenditures for premises and equipment                                                     (6,614)                (1,311)
                                                                                         ----------             ----------
     NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                 (109,087)               (67,179)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 Net increase (decrease) in demand and savings accounts                                          57                 21,579

 Net increase (decrease) in time and other deposits                                          11,784                 15,714

 Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings                                            68,559                  9,463

 Proceeds from long-term borrowings                                                               0                  1,800

 Retirement of long-term borrowings                                                             (22)                   (23)

 Common stock purchased and retired                                                          (1,948)                     0

 Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                                       1,319                  1,344

 Dividends paid                                                                              (3,335)                (2,736)
                                                                                         ----------             ----------
     NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                               76,414                 47,141
                                                                                         ----------             ----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                        (27,276)                (9,123)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year                                               56,177                 60,435
                                                                                         ----------             ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                                               $   28,901                $51,312
                                                                                         ==========             ==========
</TABLE>

                                        3
<PAGE>
 
Cont'd
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
Supplemental Disclosures:
<S>                                                                                      <C>                    <C>       
 Interest payments                                                                       $   24,237             $   22,575

 Income tax payments                                                                          5,111                  4,297

Noncash Investing Activities:

 Transfers from loans to other real estate owned                                                532                    210

 Reclassification of borrowings from long-term to short-term                                    200                  2,100
 Unrealized gain (loss) on investments available-for-sale
   net of deferred tax effect of $705 in 1997 and $(499) in 1996                              1,119                   (793)
</TABLE>

*Cash and cash equivalents include amounts of "Cash and due from banks" and
"Federal funds sold" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                        4
<PAGE>
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - GENERAL
         The foregoing financial statements are unaudited; however, in the
opinion of Management, all adjustments (comprising only normal recurring
accruals) necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim
periods have been included. These statements should be read in conjunction with
the financial statements and accompanying notes included in Sandy Spring
Bancorp's 1996 Annual Report to Shareholders. The results shown in this interim
report are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full
year 1997.

         The accounting and reporting policies of Sandy Spring Bancorp (the
"Company") conform to generally accepted accounting principles and to general
practice within the banking industry. Certain reclassifications have been made
to amounts previously reported to conform with current classifications.

         Consolidation has resulted in the elimination of all significant
intercompany accounts and transactions.

         Financial data for periods prior to the merger with Annapolis
Bancshares, Inc. on August 29, 1996 has been retroactively restated under
pooling of interests accounting.

NOTE 2 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
         On April 16, 1997, the Company announced that its Board of Directors
had authorized the repurchase of up to 5%, or 246,042 shares, of Bancorp's
outstanding common stock, par value $1.00 per share, in connection with shares
expected to be issued pursuant to Bancorp's dividend reinvestment, stock option,
and employee benefit plans and for other corporate purposes. The share
repurchases would be made on the open market and in privately negotiated
transactions, from time to time until March 31, 1999, or earlier termination of
the program by the Board. Through September 30, 1997, 52,381 shares have been
repurchased.

NOTE 3 - PER SHARE DATA
         Net income per common share is based on the weighted average number of
shares outstanding which was, for the third quarter, 4,893,962 in 1997 and
4,878,888 in 1996 and, for the first nine months, 4,906,633 in 1997 and
4,860,422 in 1996.

                                        5
<PAGE>
 
Item 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS
(Consolidated basis, dollars in thousands except per share data)

         This Management's Discussion and Analysis contains forward-looking
statements, including statements of goals, intentions and expectations,
regarding or based upon general economic conditions, interest rates,
developments in national and local markets, and other matters, and which, by
their nature, are subject to significant uncertainties. Because of these
uncertainties and the assumptions on which statements in this report are based,
the actual future results may differ materially from those indicated in this
report.

         All financial information reflected in the following discussion for
periods prior to the merger with Annapolis Bancshares, Inc. on August 29, 1996
has been retroactively restated.

THE COMPANY
         The Company is the registered bank holding company for Sandy Spring
National Bank of Maryland (the "Bank"), headquartered in Olney, Maryland. The
Bank operates twenty banking offices in Montgomery, Howard, Anne Arundel and
Prince George's Counties in Maryland. On April 16, 1997, the Company announced
that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 5%, or
246,042 shares, of its outstanding common stock, par value $1.00 per share, in
connection with shares expected to be issued under the Company's dividend
reinvestment, stock option, and employee benefit plans and for other corporate
purposes. The share repurchases are expected to be made primarily on the open
market from time to time until March 31, 1999, or earlier termination of the
repurchase program by the Board. Repurchases under the program will be made at
the discretion of management based upon market, business, legal, accounting and
other factors. The Company has established a strategy of independence, and
intends to establish or acquire additional offices or banking organizations as
appropriate opportunities may arise.

A. FINANCIAL CONDITION
         The Company's total assets were $1,067,046 at September 30, 1997,
compared to $978,595 at December 31, 1996, increasing $88,451 or 9.0% during the
first nine months of 1997. Earning assets increased $86,958 or 9.5% to
$1,004,054 at September 30, 1997 from $917,096 at December 31, 1996.

         Total loans rose 5.6% or $29,223 during the first nine months of 1997
to $552,389. The largest percentage increase occurred in construction loans, up
20.3% or $9,694, due to growth in residential construction loans. Mortgage loans
increased $14,472 or 3.8%, primarily reflecting a rise in 1-4 family residential
credits. Modest growth was achieved in the other loan categories, with
commercial loans up 4.0% or $2,750 and consumer loans showing a 7.5% or $2,314
rise.

         The investment portfolio, consisting of available-for-sale,
held-to-maturity and other equity securities, is the other significant category
of earning assets. Most of the $74,944 or 20.7% increase in total investments
from December 31, 1996 to September 30, 1997 represents leveraging of the
balance sheet. Bancorp's derivative activities are limited to the sale of
covered call options associated with shares of common stocks in the Bank's
investment portfolio. The options are written against equities that have a
market value in excess of book value and therefore, the effect of any option
being exercised by the holder would be to record a realized gain. The bank
employs this practice in order to potentially enhance the yield on the
portfolio. Premiums received on the sale of covered call options are deferred
and included in noninterest income upon option expiration or included in the
computation of realized gains upon option exercise.

         Total deposits were $818,182 at September 30, 1997, increasing $11,841
or 1.5% from $806,341 at December 31, 1996. Interest-bearing deposits were
essentially unchanged while noninterest-bearing demand deposits rose $11,273 or
9.6%. Growth in small business checking accounts was the primary cause of the
increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Federal Home Loan Bank of
Atlanta advances in connection with a leverage program were largely responsible
for the $68,759 increase in short-term borrowings to $136,886 at September 30,
1997 from $68,127 at December 31, 1996.

                                        6
<PAGE>
 
Liquidity and Interest Ratio Sensitivity
         The Company's liquidity position, considering both internal and
external sources available, exceeded anticipated short and long term funding
needs at September 30, 1997.

         In assessing liquidity, management considers operating requirements,
the seasonality of loan and deposit flows, investment, loan, borrowing and
deposit maturities, expected fundings of loans, deposit withdrawals, and the
market values of available-for-sale investments.

         The Company employs simulation analysis in order to assess the degree
of interest rate risk inherent in its asset and liability portfolios. Such risk
is monitored in accordance with board of directors' policy limits by the Bank's
asset-liability committee. The limit established for the estimated twelve month
period impact of a 200 basis point change in interest rates on net interest
income is 15%, while the limit for the estimated change in the fair value of the
Company's capital is 25%. Simulation modeling measured from September 30, 1997
indicated impacts of 6% on net interest income and 18% on the fair value of
capital, both within the policy limits. The simulation model captures
optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors
imbedded in investment and loan portfolio contracts.

Capital Management
         The Company recorded a total risk-based capital ratio of 17.49% at
September 30, 1997, compared to 17.56% at December 31, 1996; a tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of 16.41%, compared to 16.44%; and a capital leverage ratio of
9.53%, compared to 10.38%. Capital adequacy, as measured by these ratios, was
well above regulatory requirements.

         Stockholders' equity totaled $103,573 (including a net unrealized gain
of $1,655 on investments available-for-sale) at September 30, 1997, an increase
of 7.2% from $96,581 (including a net unrealized gain of $536) at December 31,
1996. Internal capital generation (net income less dividends) provided $6,502 in
additional equity during the first nine months of 1997, representing an
annualized rate (when considered as a percentage of average total stockholders'
equity) of 8.8% versus 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 1996. External
capital formation amounted to $1,319 for the nine months ended September 30,
1997, resulting from issuance of 29,097 shares under the Company's dividend
reinvestment plan and 9,358 shares from employee purchases through 401K benefit
plans. Share repurchases, begun in the second quarter of 1997, have resulted in
the retirement of 52,381 shares at an aggregate purchase price of $1,948 through
September 30, 1997.

         Dividends for the first three quarters were $0.68 per share in 1997,
compared to $0.57 per share in 1996, for dividend payout ratios of 34.00% and
33.33%, respectively.

B. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996
         Net income for the first nine months of the year rose $1,585 or 19.2%
in 1997, to $9,837 ($2.00 per share) from the $8,252 ($1.71 per share) earned in
the first nine months of 1996. Excluding nonrecurring merger costs associated
with the acquisition of Annapolis Bancshares, Inc. and recorded in third quarter
1996, the increase was 11.5%. The annualized return on average assets for the
first nine months of the year was 1.29% in 1997 compared to 1.23% in 1996. The
annualized returns on average equity for the same nine month periods were 13.31%
and 12.35% in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Net Interest Income
         Net interest income for the first nine months of the year was $30,291
in 1997, an increase of 12.9% over $26,826 in 1996, reflecting a higher volume
of average earning assets.

         For the first nine months, tax-equivalent interest income increased
$6,311 or 12.5% in 1997, compared to 1996. Average earning assets rose 12.1%
over the prior year period while the average yield earned on those assets
increased to 7.99% from 7.95%. Comparing the first nine months of 1997 versus
1996, average loans grew 6.7% to $537,148 (56.5% of average earning assets)
while the average yield on loans remained essentially constant. Commercial
mortgage, residential construction and commercial loans were responsible for
most of the rise in total loans. Average total securities increased 24.7% to
$386,437 (40.6% of average earning assets) and recorded a 19 basis point
increase in average yield.

                                        7
<PAGE>
 
         Interest expense for the first nine months increased $2,916 or 13.0%,
due to higher average interest-bearing liabilities.

Credit Risk Management
         During the first nine months of the year, the provision for credit
losses was $525 in 1997, compared to $208 in 1996. Net charge-offs of $282 were
recorded for the nine month period ended September 30, 1997 while there were net
charge-offs of $261 for the same period a year earlier.

         Nonperforming loans decreased by $2,169 and total nonperforming assets
decreased by $1,968, from December 31, 1996 to September 30, 1997. Expressed as
a percentage of total assets, nonperforming assets were 0.25% at September 30,
1997 and 0.48% at December 31, 1996. Because the loan portfolio includes a
significant number of loans with large individual balances, the unexpected
deterioration of one or a few such loans may cause a significant increase in
nonperforming loans and assets or in potential problem loans. This occurred at
September 30, 1997 in the potential problem loan category, where three loans
were responsible for $3,739 of the $4,290 increase from December 31, 1996. These
credits are well collateralized and are not believed to present significant risk
of loss. The total balance of impaired loans was $1,136 at September 30, 1997
and the reserve on those loans was $25 compared to $1,280 with a reserve of $127
at December 31, 1996.

         The Company regularly analyzes the sufficiency of its allowance for
credit losses based upon a number of factors, including lending risks associated
with growth and entry into new markets, loss allocations for specific problem
credits, the level of the allowance to nonperforming loans, historical loss
experience, economic conditions, portfolio trends and credit concentrations, and
changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio. Management establishes
the allowance for credit losses in an amount that it determines, based upon
these factors, is sufficient to provide for losses inherent in the loan
portfolio. At September 30, 1997, the allowance for credit losses was 1.20% of
total loans versus 1.22% at December 31, 1996. Coverage of risk in the loan
portfolio may be evaluated using a ratio of the allowance for credit losses to
nonperforming loans. Significant variation in this coverage ratio may occur from
period to period because the amount of nonperforming loans depends largely upon
the condition of a small number of individual loans and borrowers relative to
the total loan portfolio. At September 30, 1997, the allowance for credit losses
represented 267% of nonperforming loans compared to 137% at December 31, 1996.
Management believes the allowance for credit losses at September 30, 1997 was
adequate.

Noninterest Income and Expenses
         Noninterest income of $6,375 earned during the nine month period ended
September 30, 1997 represented a $1,645 or 34.8% increase over $4,730 achieved
over the same time frame in the prior year. The primary categories posting
increases were, in order of magnitude, nonrecurring securities gains, gains on
mortgage sales, return check charges, debit card fees and trust department fees.

         For the nine months ended September 30, 1997, noninterest expenses
increased $2,335 or 12.4% to $21,232 from $18,897 in 1996. Excluding one-time
merger costs of $744 in third quarter 1996, the increase was $3,079 or 17.0%.
Categories (excluding merger expenses in 1996) that most significantly impacted
the change were "salaries and employee benefits", up $1,547 or 14.6%, and "other
expenses", up $952 or 32.2%. The increase in compensation expenses reflected a
larger staff and an expanded branch network. The rise in other expenses was
primarily attributable to higher communications costs and professional fees and
to increased amortization of intangibles relating to a purchase of deposits in
late 1996. Outside data services also grew significantly by $234 or 33.5%.

         The ratio of net income to average full-time-equivalent (FTE) employees
was $25 for the nine month period ended September 30, 1997 and $24 for the same
period in 1996, despite a 12.8% rise in average FTE employees to 388 from 344.

Income Taxes
         The effective tax rate through the first three quarters of the year 
was 34.0% in 1997, compared to 33.7% in 1996.

                                        8
<PAGE>
 
ANALYSIS OF CREDIT RISK
(Dollars in thousands)

Activity in the allowance for credit losses is shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     9 Months Ended                  12 Months Ended
                                                                   September 30, 1997               December 31, 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                             <C>                       
Balance, January 1                                             $                   6,391       $                    6,597

Provision for credit losses                                                          525                              308
Loan charge-offs:
  Real estate-mortgage                                                               (60)                              (3)
  Real estate-construction                                                           (79)                               0
  Consumer                                                                           (80)                            (143)
  Commercial                                                                        (126)                            (469)
                                                               -------------------------       --------------------------
    Total charge-offs                                                               (345)                            (615)

Loan recoveries:
  Real estate-mortgage                                                                 0                                0
  Real estate-construction                                                             0                                0
  Consumer                                                                            29                               37
  Commercial                                                                          34                               64
                                                               -------------------------       --------------------------
    Total recoveries                                                                  63                              101
                                                               -------------------------       --------------------------
Net charge-offs                                                                     (282)                            (514)
                                                               -------------------------       --------------------------
BALANCE, PERIOD END                                            $                   6,634       $                    6,391
                                                               =========================       ==========================
Net charge-offs to average loans
  (annual basis)                                                          0.07%                           0.10%
Allowance to total loans                                                  1.20%                           1.22%
</TABLE> 

Balance sheet risk inherent in the lending function is presented as follows at
the dates indicated:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                      September 30,                    December 31,
                                                                          1997                            1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                             <C> 
Non-accrual loans                                              $                   1,431       $                    1,291

Loans 90 days past due                                                             1,035                            3,337
Restructured loans                                                                    20                               27
                                                               -------------------------       --------------------------
  Total Nonperforming Loans*                                                       2,486                            4,655
Other real estate owned                                                              201                                0
                                                               -------------------------       --------------------------
  TOTAL NONPERFORMING ASSETS                                   $                  2,687        $                    4,655
                                                               =========================       ==========================
Nonperforming assets to total assets                                     0.25%                             0.48%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Those performing loans considered potential problem loans, as defined and
identified by management, amounted to approximately $7,730 at September 30,
1997, compared to $3,440 at December 31, 1996. Although these are loans where
known information about the borrowers' possible credit problems causes
management to have doubts as to their ability to comply with the present loan
repayment terms, most are well collateralized and are not believed to present
significant risk of loss.

                                        9
<PAGE>
 
C. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - THIRD QUARTER 1997 AND 1996
         Third quarter earnings of $3,514 ($0.71 per share) in 1997 were $1,041
or 42.1% above results of $2,473 ($0.51 per share) shown for the same quarter of
1996. However, excluding non-recurring merger costs in 1996 of $570 on an
after-tax basis, earnings rose $471 or 15.5%.

         Tax-equivalent net interest income rose 11.9% during the third quarter
of 1997 compared to the like three month period of 1996, showing the net effects
of a 14.6% increase in the average earning asset base and a 10 basis point
decline in net interest spread.

         The provision for credit losses was $300 for the quarter ended
September 30, 1997. No provision for credit losses was believed necessary by
management for the third quarter of 1996. There were net charge-offs of $97 and
$234 in the respective quarters.

         Noninterest income for the third quarter increased $1,014 or 66.8% in
1997 versus 1996 with the largest contributors being, in order of importance,
higher fees and commissions, nonrecurring securities gains, gains on mortgage
sales and service charges on deposit accounts. The increase in fees and
commissions primarily related to trust services, mutual funds, debit cards and
ATM surcharges.

         Noninterest expenses rose 6.1%. However, excluding non-recurring merger
costs, the rise was 19.0%, attributable largely to the same factors as discussed
above for the nine month periods.

         The third quarter effective tax rate was 33.4% in 1997 versus 35.7%
shown in 1996.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
PART II- OTHER INFORMATION

Item 6. EXHIBIT AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) Exhibits. The following is a list of Exhibit filed as part of this Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
No.      Exhibit
- ---      -------
<S>      <C> 
*10(a)   Amended and Restated Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing Plan, effective
         as of July 1, 1997
*10(b)   Form of Director Fee Deferral Agreement, August 26, 1997
*10(c)   Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement by and between Sandy Spring
         National Bank of Maryland and Hunter R. Hollar
*10(d)   Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement by and between
         Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland and each of James H. Langmead,
         Lawrence T. Lewis, Stanley L. Merson, and Frank H. Small
*10(e)   Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
         Spring National Bank of Maryland, and Hunter H. Hollar
*10(f)   Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
         Spring National Bank of Maryland, and James H. Langmead
*10(g)   Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
         Spring National Bank of Maryland, and Lawrence T. Lewis
*10(h)   Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
         Spring National Bank of Maryland, and Stanley L. Merson
*10(i)   Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
         Spring National Bank of Maryland, and Frank H. Small
27       Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE> 


* Compensatory Plan, Contract or Arrangement.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K. None.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this quarterly report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
(Registrant)

By: /s/ Hunter R. Hollar
    ---------------------
    Hunter R. Hollar
    President and Chief Executive Officer

    Date: November 13, 1997


By: /s/ James H. Langmead
    ---------------------
    James H. Langmead
    Vice President and Treasurer

    Date: November 13, 1997


                                       12

<PAGE>
 
                                 Exhibit 10 (a)
<PAGE>
 
                              SANDY SPRING BANCORP
                      CASH AND DEFERRED PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                           (July 1, 1997 Restatement)
<PAGE>
 
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                    PREAMBLE

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

                   1.1     Plan Definitions ..................................2
                   1.2     Interpretation ....................................8

                                   ARTICLE II
                                     SERVICE

                   2.1     Definitions .......................................9
                   2.2     Crediting of Hours of Service ....................10
                   2.3     Crediting of Continuous Service ..................10
                   2.4     Eligibility Service ..............................10
                   2.5     Vesting Service ..................................10

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

                   3.1     Eligibility ......................................11
                   3.2     Transfers of Employment ..........................11
                   3.3     Reemployment .....................................11
                   3.4     Notification Concerning New Eligible Employees ...12
                   3.5     Effect and Duration ..............................12

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TAX-DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS

                   4.1     Tax-Deferred Contributions .......................13
                   4.2     Amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions .............13
                   4.3     Changes in Reduction Authorization ...............13
                   4.4     Suspension of Tax-Deferred Contributions .........14
                   4.5     Resumption of Tax-Deferred Contributions .........14
                   4.6     Delivery of Tax-Deferred Contributions ...........14
                   4.7     Vesting of Tax-Deferred Contributions ............15

                                      (i)
<PAGE>
 
                                    ARTICLE V
                      AFTER-TAX AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

                 5.1     No After-Tax Contributions .........................16
                 5.2     Rollover Contributions .............................16
                 5.3     Vesting of Rollover Contributions ..................16

                                   ARTICLE VI
                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

                 6.1     Contribution Period ................................17
                 6.2     Profit-Sharing Contributions .......................17
                 6.3     Allocation of Profit-Sharing Contributions .........17
                 6.4     Qualified Nonelective Contributions ................17
                 6.5     Allocation of Qualified Nonelective
                         Contributions ......................................18
                 6.6     Verification of Amount of Employer
                         Contributions by the Sponsor .......................18
                 6.7     Payment of Employer Contributions ..................18
                 6.8     Eligibility to Participate in Allocation ...........18
                 6.9     Vesting of Employer Contributions ..................19
                 6.10    Election of Former Vesting Schedule ................19

                                   ARTICLE VII
                          LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

                 7.1     Definitions ........................................21
                 7.2     Code Section 402(g) Limit ..........................24
                 7.3     Distribution of Excess Deferrals ...................25
                 7.4     Limitation on Tax-Deferred Contributions
                         of Highly Compensated Employees ....................25
                 7.5     Distribution of Excess Tax-Deferred
                         Contributions ......................................27
                 7.6     Determination of Income or Loss ....................28
                 7.7     Code Section 415 Limitations on Crediting of
                         Contributions and Forfeitures ......................28
                 7.8     Coverage Under Other Qualified
                         Defined Contribution Plan ..........................29
                 7.9     Coverage Under Qualified Defined Benefit Plan ......30
                 7.10    Scope of Limitations ...............................30

                                      (ii)
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      TRUST FUNDS AND PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

                   8.1     General Fund .....................................31
                   8.2     Investment Funds .................................31
                   8.3     Loan Investment Fund .............................31
                   8.4     Income on Trust ..................................32
                   8.5     Participant Accounts .............................32
                   8.6     Sub-Accounts .....................................32

                                   ARTICLE IX
                            LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS

                   9.1     No Life Insurance Contracts ......................33

                                    ARTICLE X
                     DEPOSIT AND INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

                   10.1    Future Contribution Investment Elections .........34
                   10.2    Deposit of Contributions .........................34
                   10.3    Election to Transfer Between Funds ...............35
                   10.4    404(c) Plan ......................................35

                                   ARTICLE XI
                   CREDITING AND VALUING PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

                   11.1    Crediting Participant Accounts ...................36
                   11.2    Valuing Participant Accounts .....................36
                   11.3    Plan Valuation Procedures ........................36
                   11.4    Finality of Determinations .......................37
                   11.5    Notification .....................................37

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                      LOANS

                   12.1    Application for Loan .............................38
                   12.2    Reduction of Account Upon Distribution ...........39
                   12.3    Requirements to Prevent a Taxable Distribution ...39
                   12.4    Administration of Loan Investment Fund ...........40
                   12.5    Default ..........................................40
                   12.6    Loans Granted Prior to Amendment .................41

                                      (iii)
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XIII
                           WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED

                  13.1     Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions ............42
                  13.2     Withdrawals of Employer Contributions ............42
                  13.3     Withdrawals of Tax-Deferred Contributions ........42
                  13.4     Limitations on Withdrawals Other than Hardship
                           Withdrawals ......................................43
                  13.5     Conditions and Limitations on
                           Hardship Withdrawals .............................43
                  13.6     Order of Withdrawal from a Participant's Sub-
                           Accounts .........................................45

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SETTLEMENT DATE

                  14.1     Termination of Employment and Settlement Date ....46

                                   ARTICLE XV
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

                  15.1     Distributions to Participants ....................47
                  15.2     Distributions to Beneficiaries ...................47
                  15.3     Cash Outs and Participant Consent ................48
                  15.4     Required Commencement of Distribution ............48
                  15.5     Reemployment of a Participant ....................49
                  15.6     Restrictions on Alienation .......................50
                  15.7     Facility of Payment ..............................50
                  15.8     Inability to Locate Payee ........................50
                  15.9     Distribution Pursuant to Qualified Domestic
                           Relations Orders .................................51

                                   ARTICLE XVI
                                 FORM OF PAYMENT

                  16.1     Normal Form of Payment ...........................52
                  16.2     Optional Form of Payment .........................52
                  16.3     Change of Option Election ........................53
                  16.4     Direct Rollover ..................................53
                  16.5     Notice Regarding Forms of Payment ................54
                  16.6     Reemployment .....................................54
                  16.7     Distribution in the Form of Employer Stock .......55

                                      (iv)
<PAGE>
 
                 16.8    Section 242(b)(2) Elections ........................55

                                  ARTICLE XVII
                                  BENEFICIARIES

                 17.1    Designation of Beneficiary .........................57
                 17.2    Spousal Consent Requirements .......................57

                                  ARTICLE XVIII
                                 ADMINISTRATION

                 18.1    Authority of the Sponsor ...........................59
                 18.2    Action of the Sponsor ..............................60
                 18.3    Claims Review Procedure ............................60
                 18.4    Qualified Domestic Relations Orders ................61
                 18.5    Indemnification ....................................62
                 18.6    Actions Binding ....................................62

                                   ARTICLE XIX
                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

                 19.1    Amendment ..........................................63
                 19.2    Limitation on Amendment ............................63
                 19.3    Termination ........................................63
                 19.4    Reorganization .....................................65
                 19.5    Withdrawal of an Employer ..........................66

                                   ARTICLE XX
                           ADOPTION BY OTHER ENTITIES

                 20.1    Adoption by Related Companies ......................67
                 20.2    Effective Plan Provisions ..........................67

                                   ARTICLE XXI
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                 21.1    No Commitment as to Employment .....................68
                 21.2    Benefits ...........................................68
                 21.3    No Guarantees ......................................68
                 21.4    Expenses ...........................................68
                 21.5    Precedent ..........................................69
                 21.6    Duty to Furnish Information ........................69

                                       (v)
<PAGE>
 
                  21.7   Withholding ........................................69
                  21.8   Merger, Consolidation, or
                         Transfer of Plan Assets ............................69
                  21.9   Back Pay Awards ....................................69
                  21.10  Condition on Employer Contributions ................70
                  21.11  Return of Contributions to an Employer .............70
                  21.12  Validity of Plan ...................................71
                  21.13  Trust Agreement ....................................71
                  21.14  Parties Bound ......................................71
                  21.15  Application of Certain Plan Provisions .............72
                  21.16  Leased Employees ...................................72
                  21.17  Transferred Funds ..................................73

                                  ARTICLE XXII
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

                  22.1   Definitions ........................................74
                  22.2   Applicability ......................................77
                  22.3   Minimum Employer Contribution ......................77
                  22.4   Adjustments to Section 415 Limitations .............78
                  22.5   Accelerated Vesting ................................79

                                  ARTICLE XXIII
                                 EFFECTIVE DATE

                  23.1   Effective Date of Amendment and Restatement ........80

                                      (vi)
<PAGE>
 
                                    PREAMBLE

         The Sandy Spring Bancorp Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing Plan,
         originally effective as of January 1, 1982, and heretofore known as the
         Sandy Spring Bancorp Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing Plan and Trust,
         is hereby amended and restated in its entirety. The Plan, as amended
         and restated hereby, is intended to qualify as a profit-sharing plan
         under Section 401(a) of the Code, and includes a cash or deferred
         arrangement that is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the
         Code. The Plan is maintained for the exclusive benefit of eligible
         employees and their beneficiaries.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a
         Participant's vested interest in his Participant Account under the Plan
         on and after the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall
         be not less than his vested interest in his account on the day
         immediately preceding the effective date.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.1    Plan Definitions

         As used herein, the following words and phrases have the meanings
         hereinafter set forth, unless a different meaning is plainly required
         by the context:

         The "Administrator" means the Sponsor unless the Sponsor designates
         another person or persons to act as such.

         An "After-Tax Contribution" means any after-tax employee contribution
         made by a Participant as may be permitted under Article V.

         The "Beneficiary" of a Participant means the person or persons entitled
         under the provisions of the Plan to receive distribution hereunder in
         the event the Participant dies before receiving distribution of his
         entire interest under the Plan.

         The "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
         time to time. Reference to a section of the Code includes such section
         and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that
         amends, supplements, or supersedes such section.

         The "Compensation" of a Participant for any period means his regular or
         base salary for services as an Employee, including amounts deferred
         under Section 125, 402(e)(3), or 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code, but
         excluding overtime, bonuses, and commissions.

         In no event, however, shall the Compensation of a Participant taken
         into account under the Plan for any Plan Year exceed (1) $200,000 for
         Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1994, or (2) $150,000 for Plan
         Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994 (subject to adjustment
         annually as provided in Section 401(a)(17)(B) and Section 415(d) of the
         Code; provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January
         1 of any calendar year, if any, is effective for Plan Years beginning
         in such calendar year). If the Compensation of a Participant is
         determined over a period of time that contains fewer than 12

                                         2
<PAGE>
 
         calendar months, then the annual compensation limitation described
         above shall be adjusted with respect to that Participant by multiplying
         the annual compensation limitation in effect for the Plan Year by a
         fraction the numerator of which is the number of full months in the
         period and the denominator of which is 12; provided, however, that no
         proration is required for a Participant who is covered under the Plan
         for less than one full Plan Year if the formula for allocations is
         based on Compensation for a period of at least 12 months. In
         determining the Compensation, for purposes of applying the annual
         compensation limitation described above, of a Participant who is a five
         percent owner or among the ten Highly Compensated Employees receiving
         the greatest Compensation for the Plan Year, the Compensation of the
         Participant's spouse and of his lineal descendants who have not
         attained age 19 as of the close of the Plan Year shall be included as
         Compensation of the Participant for the Plan Year. If as a result of
         applying the family aggregation rule described in the preceding
         sentence the annual compensation limitation would be exceeded, the
         limitation shall be prorated among the affected family members in
         proportion to each member's Compensation as determined prior to
         application of the family aggregation rules.

         A "Contribution Period" means the period specified in Article VI for
         which Employer Contributions shall be made.

         An "Eligible Employee" means any Employee who has met the eligibility
         requirements of Article III to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made to
         the Plan on his behalf.

         The "Eligibility Service" of an employee means the period or periods of
         service credited to him under the provisions of Article II for purposes
         of determining his eligibility to participate in the Plan as may be
         required under Article III or Article VI.

         An "Employee" means any common law employee of an Employer, except any
         employee classified as an "on call" employee or a "10-month" employee.

         An "Employer" means the Sponsor and any entity which has adopted the
         Plan as may be provided under Article XX.

                                         3
<PAGE>
 
         An "Employer Contribution" means the amount, if any, that an Employer
         contributes to the Plan as may be provided under Article VI or Article
         XXII.

         An "Enrollment Date" means the first day of each payroll period.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
         amended from time to time. Reference to a section of ERISA includes
         such section and any comparable section or sections of any future
         legislation that amends, supplements, or supersedes such section.

         The "General Fund" means a Trust Fund maintained by the Trustee as
         required to hold and administer any assets of the Trust that are not
         allocated among any separate Investment Funds as may be provided in the
         Plan or the Trust Agreement. No General Fund shall be maintained if all
         assets of the Trust are allocated among separate Investment Funds.

         A "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee or former Employee
         who is a highly compensated active employee or highly compensated
         former employee as defined hereunder.

         A "highly compensated active employee" includes any Employee who
         performs services for an Employer during the determination year and who
         (i) was a five percent owner at any time during the determination year
         or the look back year, (ii) received compensation from an Employer
         during the look back year in excess of $75,000 (subject to adjustment
         annually at the same time and in the same manner as under Section
         415(d) of the Code), (iii) was in the top paid group of employees' for
         the look back year and received compensation from an Employer during
         the look back year in excess of $50,000 (subject to adjustment annually
         at the same time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the
         Code), (iv) was an officer of an Employer during the look back year and
         received compensation during that year in excess of 50 percent of the
         dollar limitation in effect for that year under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of
         the Code or, if no officer received compensation in excess of that
         amount for the look back year or the determination year, received the
         greatest compensation for the look back year of any officer, or (v) was
         one of the 100 employees paid the greatest compensation by an Employer
         for the

                                          4
<PAGE>
 
         determination year land would be described in (ii), (iii), or (iv)
         above if the term "determination year" were substituted for "look back
         year".

         A "highly compensated former employee" includes any Employee who
         separated from service from an Employer and all Related Companies (or
         is deemed to have separated from service from an Employer and all
         Related Companies) prior to the determination year, performed no
         services for an Employer during the determination year, and was a
         highly compensated active employee for either the separation year or
         any determination year ending on or after the date the Employee attains
         age 55.

         The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee hereunder,
         including determinations as to the number and identity of employees in
         the top paid group, the 100 employees receiving the greatest
         compensation from an Employer, the number of employees treated as
         officers, and the compensation considered, shall be made in accordance
         with the provisions of Section 414(q) of the Code and regulations
         issued thereunder. For purposes of this definition, the following terms
         have the following meanings:

         (a)   The "determination year" means the Plan Year.

         (b)   The "look back year" means the 12-month period immediately
               preceding the determination year.

         An "Hour of Service" with respect to a person means each hour, if any,
         that may be credited to him in accordance with the provisions of
         Article II.

         An "Investment Fund" means any separate investment Trust Fund
         maintained by the Trustee as may be provided in the Plan or the Trust
         Agreement or any separate investment fund maintained by the Trustee, to
         the extent that there are Participant Sub-Accounts under such funds, to
         which assets of the Trust may be allocated and separately invested.

         The "Normal Retirement Date" of an employee means the date he attains
         age 65.

                                         5
<PAGE>
 
         A "Participant" means any person who has a Separate Account in the
         Trust.

         A "Participant Account" means the account maintained by the Trustee in
         the name of a Participant that reflects his interest in the Trust and
         any Sub-Accounts maintained thereunder, as provided in Article VIII.

         The "Plan" means Sandy Spring Bancorp Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing
         Plan, as from time to time in effect.

         A "Plan Year" means the 12-consecutive-month period ending December 31,
         1982 and each 12-consecutive-month period thereafter.

         A "Profit-Sharing Contribution" means any Employer Contribution made to
         the Plan as provided in Article VI, other than Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions.

         A "Qualified Nonelective Contribution" means any Employer Contribution
         made to the Plan as provided in Article VI that may be taken into
         account to satisfy the limitations on contributions by Highly
         Compensated Employees under Article VII.

         A "Related Company" means any corporation or business, other than an
         Employer, which would be aggregated with an Employer for a relevant
         purpose under Section 414 of the Code.

         A "Rollover Contribution" means any rollover contribution to the Plan
         made by a Participant as may be permitted under Article V.

         The "Settlement Date" of a Participant means the date on which a
         Participant's interest under the Plan becomes distributable in
         accordance with Article XV.

         The "Sponsor" means Sandy Spring Bancorp, and any successor thereto.

         A "Sub-Account" means any of the individual sub-accounts of a
         Participant's Participant Account that is maintained as provided in
         Article VIII.

                                         6
<PAGE>
 
         A "Tax-Deferred Contribution" means the amount contributed to the Plan
         on a Participant's behalf by his Employer in accordance with his
         reduction authorization executed pursuant to Article IV.

         The "Trust" means the trust, custodial accounts, annuity contracts, or
         insurance contracts maintained by the Trustee under the Trust
         Agreement.

         The "Trust Agreement" means the agreement entered into between the
         Sponsor and the Trustee relating to the holding, investment, and
         reinvestment of the assets of the Plan, together with all amendments
         thereto and shall include any agreement establishing a custodial
         account, an annuity contract, or an insurance contract (other than a
         life, health or accident, property, casualty, or liability insurance
         contract) for the investment of assets if the custodial account or
         contract would, except for the fact that it is not a trust, constitute
         a qualified trust under Section 401 of the Code.

         The "Trustee" means the trustee or any successor trustee which at the
         time shall be designated, qualified, and acting under the Trust
         Agreement and shall include any insurance company that issues an
         annuity or insurance contract pursuant to the Trust Agreement or any
         person holding assets in a custodial account pursuant to the Trust
         Agreement. The Sponsor may designate a person or persons other than the
         Trustee to perform any responsibility of the Trustee under the Plan,
         other than trustee responsibilities as defined in Section 405(c)(3) of
         ERISA, and the Trustee shall not be liable for the performance of such
         person in carrying out such responsibility except as otherwise provided
         by ERISA. The term Trustee shall 'include any delegate of the Trustee
         as may be provided in the Trust Agreement.

         A "Trust Fund" means any fund maintained under the Trust by the
         Trustee.

         A "Valuation Date" means the date or dates designated by the Sponsor
         and communicated in writing to the Trustee for the purpose of valuing
         the General Fund and each Investment Fund and adjusting Participant
         Accounts and Sub-Accounts hereunder, which dates need not be uniform
         with respect to the General Fund, each Investment Fund, Participant
         Account, or Sub-Account; provided,

                                         7
<PAGE>
 
         however, that the General Fund and each Investment Fund shall be valued
         and each Participant Account and Sub-Account shall be adjusted no less
         often than once annually.

         The "Vesting Service" of an employee means the period or periods of
         service credited to him under the provisions of Article II for purposes
         of determining his vested interest in his Employer Contributions
         Sub-Account, if Employer Contributions are provided for under either
         Article VI or Article XXII.

         1.2    Interpretation

         Where required by the context, the noun, verb, adjective, and adverb
         forms of each defined term shall include any of its other forms.
         Wherever used herein, the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine,
         the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the
         singular.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE II
                                     SERVICE

         2.1    Definitions

         For purposes of this Article, the following terms have the following
         meanings:

         (a)    The "continuous service" of an employee means the service
                credited to him in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3
                of the Plan.

         (b)    The "employment commencement date" of an employee means the
                date he first completes an Hour of Service.

         (c)    A "maternity/paternity absence" means a person's absence
                from employment with an Employer or a Related Company
                because of the person's pregnancy, the birth of the
                person's child, the placement of a child with the person
                in connection with the person's adoption of the child, or
                the caring for the person's child immediately following
                the child's birth or adoption.  A person's absence from
                employment will not be considered a maternity/paternity
                absence unless the person furnishes the Administrator such
                timely information as may reasonably be required to
                establish that the absence was for one of the purposes
                enumerated in this paragraph and to establish the number
                of days of absence attributable to such purpose.

         (d)    The "reemployment commencement date" of an employee means the
                first date following a severance date on which he again
                completes an Hour of Service.

         (e)    The "severance date" of an employee means the earlier of
                (i) the date on which he retires, dies, or his employment
                with an Employer and all Related Companies is otherwise
                terminated, or (ii) the first anniversary of the first
                date of a period during which he is absent from work with
                an Employer and all Related Companies for any other
                reason; provided, however, that if he terminates
                employment with or is absent from work with an Employer

                                          9
<PAGE>
 
                and all Related Companies on account of service with the armed
                forces of the United States, he shall not incur a severance date
                if he is eligible for reemployment rights under the Uniformed
                Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 and he
                returns to work with an employer or a Related Company within the
                period during which he retains such reemployment rights.

         2.2    Crediting of Hours of Service

         A person shall be credited with an Hour of Service for each hour for
         which he is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties
         for an Employer or any Related Company.

         2.3    Crediting of Continuous Service

         A person shall be credited with continuous service for the aggregate of
         the periods of time between his employment commencement date or any
         reemployment commencement date and the severance date that next follows
         such employment commencement date or reemployment commencement date;
         provided, however, that an employee who has a reemployment commencement
         date within the 12-consecutive-month period following the earlier of
         the first date of his absence or his severance date shall be credited
         with continuous service for the period between such severance date and
         reemployment commencement date.

         2.4    Eligibility Service

         An employee shall be credited with Eligibility Service equal to his
         continuous service.

         2.5    Vesting Service

         There shall be no Vesting Service credited under the Plan.

                                         10
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

         3.1    Eligibility

         Each Employee who was an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the
         effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be
         an Eligible Employee. Each other Employee shall become an Eligible
         Employee as of the Enrollment Date next following the date on which he
         has both attained age 18 and completed three full calendar months of
         Eligibility Service.

         3.2    Transfers of Employment

         If a person is transferred directly from employment with an Employer or
         with a Related Company in a capacity other than as an Employee to
         employment as an Employee, he shall become an Eligible Employee as of
         the date he is so transferred if prior to an Enrollment Date preceding
         such transfer date he has met the eligibility requirements of Section
         3.1. Otherwise, the eligibility of a person who is so transferred to
         elect to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf
         shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1.

         3.3    Reemployment

         If a person who terminated employment with an Employer and all Related
         Companies is reemployed as an Employee and if he had been an Eligible
         Employee prior to his termination of employment, he shall again become
         an Eligible Employee on the date he is reemployed. otherwise, the
         eligibility of a person who terminated employment with an Employer and
         all Related Companies and who is reemployed by an Employer or a Related
         Company to elect to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan on
         his behalf shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1 or 3.2.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
         3.4   Notification Concerning New Eligible Employees

         Each Employer shall notify the Administrator as soon as practicable of
         Employees becoming Eligible Employees as of any date.

         3.5   Effect and Duration

         Upon becoming an Eligible Employee, an Employee shall be entitled to
         elect to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf
         and shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the
         Trust Agreement. A person shall continue as an Eligible Employee
         eligible to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan on his
         behalf only so long as he continues employment as an Employee.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TAX-DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS

         4.1   Tax-Deferred Contributions

         Effective as of the date he becomes an Eligible Employee, or any
         subsequent Enrollment Date, each Eligible Employee may elect in writing
         in accordance with rules prescribed by the Administrator to have
         Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf by his
         Employer as hereinafter provided. An Eligible Employee's written
         election shall include his authorization for his Employer to reduce his
         Compensation and to make Tax-Deferred Contributions on his behalf and
         his election as to the investment of his contributions in accordance
         with Article X. Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of an Eligible
         Employee shall commence with the first payment of Compensation made on
         or after the date on which his election is effective.

         4.2   Amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions

         The amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions to be made to the Plan on
         behalf of an Eligible Employee by his Employer shall be an integral
         percentage of his Compensation of not less than one percent nor more
         than 15 percent for non-Highly Compensated Employees and six percent
         for Highly Compensated Employees. In the event an Eligible Employee
         elects to have his Employer make Tax-Deferred Contributions on his
         behalf, his Compensation shall be reduced for each payroll period by
         the percentage he elects to have contributed on his behalf to the Plan
         in accordance with the terms of his currently effective reduction
         authorization.

         4.3   Changes in Reduction Authorization

         An Eligible Employee may change the percentage of his future
         Compensation that his Employer contributes on his behalf as
         Tax-Deferred Contributions at such time or times during the Plan Year
         as the Administrator may prescribe by filing an amended reduction
         authorization with his Employer such number of days prior to the date
         such change is to become effective as the Administrator shall
         prescribe. An Eligible Employee who changes his reduction authorization
         shall be limited to selecting a

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
         percentage of his Compensation that is otherwise permitted hereunder.
         Tax-Deferred Contributions shall be made on behalf of such Eligible
         Employee by his Employer pursuant to his amended reduction
         authorization filed in accordance with this Section commencing with
         Compensation paid to the Eligible Employee on or after the date such
         filing is effective, until otherwise altered or terminated in
         accordance with the Plan.

         4.4    Suspension of Tax-Deferred Contributions

         An Eligible Employee on whose behalf Tax-Deferred Contributions are
         being made may have such contributions suspended at any time by giving
         such number of days advance written notice to his Employer as the
         Administrator shall prescribe. Any such voluntary suspension shall take
         effect commencing with Compensation paid to such Eligible Employee on
         or after the expiration of the required notice period and shall remain
         in effect until Tax-Deferred Contributions are resumed as hereinafter
         set forth.

         4.5    Resumption of Tax-Deferred Contributions

         An Eligible Employee who has voluntarily suspended his Tax-Deferred
         Contributions may have such contributions resumed at such time or times
         during the Plan Year as the Administrator may prescribe, by filing a
         new reduction authorization with his Employer such number of days prior
         to the date as of which such contributions are to be resumed as the
         Administrator shall prescribe.

         4.6    Delivery of Tax-Deferred Contributions

         As soon after the date an amount would otherwise be paid to an Employee
         as it can reasonably be separated from Employer assets, each Employer
         shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee in cash all Tax-Deferred
         Contributions attributable to such amounts.

                                         14
<PAGE>
 
         4.7   Vesting of Tax-Deferred Contributions

         A Participant's vested interest in his Tax-Deferred Contributions
         Sub-Account shall be at all times 100 percent.

                                         15
<PAGE>
 
                                    ARTICLE V
                      AFTER-TAX AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

         5.1    No After-Tax Contributions

         There shall be no After-Tax Contributions made to the Plan.

         5.2    Rollover Contributions

         An Employee who was a participant in a plan qualified under Section 401
         or 403 of the Code and who receives a cash distribution from such plan
         that he elects either (i) to roll over immediately to a qualified
         retirement plan or (ii) to roll over into a conduit IRA from which he
         receives a later cash distribution, may elect to make a Rollover
         Contribution to the Plan if he is entitled under Section 402(c),
         Section 403(a)(4), or Section 408(d)(3)(A) of the Code to roll over
         such distribution to another qualified retirement plan. The
         Administrator may require an Employee to provide it with such
         information as it deems necessary or desirable to show that he is
         entitled to roll over such distribution to another qualified retirement
         plan. An Employee shall make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan by
         delivering, or causing to be delivered, to the Trustee the cash that
         constitutes the Rollover Contribution amount within 60 days of receipt
         of the distribution from the plan or from the conduit IRA in the manner
         prescribed by the Administrator. If the Employee does not already have
         an investment election on file with the Administrator, the Employee
         shall also deliver to the Administrator his election as to the
         investment of his contributions in accordance with Article X.

         5.3    Vesting of Rollover Contributions

         A Participant's vested interest in his Rollover Contributions
         Sub-Account shall be at all times 100 percent.

                                         16
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE VI
                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

         6.1   Contribution Period

         The Contribution Period for Employer Contributions under the Plan shall
         be each Plan Year.

         6.2   Profit-Sharing Contributions

         Each Employer may, in its discretion, make a Profit-Sharing
         Contribution to the Plan for the Contribution Period in an amount
         determined by the Employer.

         6.3   Allocation of Profit-Sharing Contributions

         Any Profit-Sharing Contribution made by an Employer for a Contribution
         Period shall be allocated among its Employees during the Contribution
         Period who are eligible to participate in the allocation of
         Profit-Sharing Contributions for the Contribution Period, as determined
         under this Article. The allocable share of each such Employee shall be
         in the ratio which his Compensation from the Employer for the
         Contribution Period bears to the aggregate of such Compensation for all
         such Employees. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
         contrary, Compensation with respect to any period ending prior to the
         date on which an Employee first became eligible to participate in the
         allocation of Profit-Sharing Contributions shall be disregarded in
         determining the amount of the Employee's allocable share.

         6.4   Qualified Nonelective Contributions

         Each Employer may, in its discretion, make a Qualified Nonelective
         Contribution to the Plan for the Contribution Period in an amount
         determined by the Sponsor.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
         6.5    Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions

         Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution made for a Contribution Period
         shall be allocated among the Employees who are eligible to participate
         in the allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions for the
         Contribution Period, as determined under this Article, other than any
         such Employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee. The allocable share
         of each such Employee shall be in the ratio which his Compensation from
         the Employer for the Plan Year bears to the aggregate of such
         Compensation for all such Employees. Notwithstanding any other
         provision of the Plan to the contrary, Compensation with respect to any
         period ending prior to the date on which an Employee first became
         eligible to participate in the allocation of Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions shall be disregarded in determining the amount of the
         Employee's allocable share.

         6.6    Verification of Amount of Employer Contributions by the
                Sponsor

         The Sponsor shall verify the amount of Employer Contributions to be
         made by each Employer in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the
         Sponsor shall determine the portion of the Employer Contribution to be
         made by each Employer with respect to an Employee who transfers from
         employment with one Employer as an Employee to employment with another
         Employer as an Employee.

         6.7    Payment of Employer Contributions

         Employer Contributions made for a Contribution Period shall be paid in
         cash to the Trustee within the period of time required under the Code
         in order for the contribution to be deductible by the Employer in
         determining its Federal income taxes for the Plan Year.

         6.8    Eligibility to Participate in Allocation

         Each Employee shall be eligible to participate in the allocation of
         Employer Contributions beginning on the date he becomes, or again
         becomes, an Eligible Employee in accordance with the provisions of
         Article III. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
         person shall be eligible to participate in the allocation of
         Profit-Sharing Contributions for a Contribution Period unless he is
         employed by an Employer or a Related Company on the last day of the
         Contribution Period; provided, however, that if the Plan would not
         otherwise meet the minimum coverage requirements of Section 410(b) of
         the Code in any Plan Year, the group of Employees eligible to
         participate in the allocation of Profit- Sharing Contributions shall be
         expanded to include the minimum number of Employees who are not
         employed by an Employer or a Related Company on the last day of the
         Contribution Period that is necessary to meet the minimum coverage
         requirements. The Employees who become eligible to participate under
         the provisions of the immediately preceding clause shall be those
         Employees who have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service
         during the Contribution Period.

         6.9   Vesting of Employer Contributions

         A Participant's vested interest in his Employer Contributions
         Sub-Account shall be at all times 100 percent.

         6.10  Election of Former Vesting Schedule

         If the Sponsor adopts an amendment to the Plan that directly or
         indirectly affects the computation of a Participant's vested interest
         in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account, any Participant with three
         or more years of Vesting Service shall have a right to have his vested
         interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account continue to be
         determined under the vesting provisions in effect prior to the
         amendment rather than under the new vesting provisions, unless the
         vested interest of the Participant in his Employer Contributions
         Sub-Account under the Plan as amended is not at any time less than such
         vested interest determined without regard to the amendment. A
         Participant shall exercise his right under this Section by giving
         written notice of his exercise thereof to the Administrator within 60
         days after the latest of (i) the date he receives notice of the
         amendment from the Administrator, (ii) the effective date of the
         amendment, or (iii) the date the amendment is adopted. Notwithstanding
         the foregoing, a Participant's vested interest in his Employer
         Contributions Sub-Account on the effective date of such an amendment
         shall not be less than his

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
         vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account immediately
         prior to the effective date of the amendment.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VII
                          LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

        7.1    Definitions

        For purposes of this Article, the following terms have the following
        meanings:

        (a)    The "actual deferral percentage" with respect to an
               Eligible Employee for a particular Plan Year means the
               ratio of the Tax-Deferred Contributions made on his behalf
               for the Plan Year to his test compensation for the Plan
               Year, except that to the extent permitted by regulations
               issued under Section 401(k) of the Code, the Sponsor may
               elect to take into account in computing the numerator of
               each Eligible Employee's actual deferral percentage the
               qualified nonelective contributions made to the Plan on
               his behalf for the Plan Year; provided, however, that
               contributions made on a Participant's behalf for a Plan
               Year shall be included in determining his actual deferral
               percentage for such Plan Year only if the contributions
               are made to the Plan prior to the end of the 12-month
               period immediately following the Plan Year to which the
               contributions relate.  The determination and treatment of
               the actual deferral percentage amounts for any Participant
               shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed
               by the Secretary of the Treasury.

        (b)    The "annual addition" with respect to a Participant for a
               limitation year means the sum of the Tax-Deferred
               Contributions and Employer Contributions allocated to his
               Participant Account for the limitation year (including any
               excess contributions that are distributed pursuant to this
               Article), the employer contributions, employee
               contributions, and forfeitures allocated to his accounts
               for the limitation year under any other qualified defined
               contribution plan (whether or not terminated) maintained
               by an Employer or a Related Company concurrently with the
               Plan, and amounts described in Sections 415(l)(2) and
               419A(d)(2) of the Code allocated to his account for the
               limitation year; provided, however, that the annual

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
                addition for limitation years beginning prior to January 1, 1987
                shall not be recalculated to treat all employee contributions as
                annual additions.

         (c)    The "Code Section 402(g) limit" means the dollar limit imposed
                by Section 402(g)(1) of the Code or established by the Secretary
                of the Treasury pursuant to Section 402(g)(5) of the Code in
                effect on January 1 of the calendar year in which an Eligible
                Employee's taxable year begins.

         (d)    An "elective contribution" means any employer contribution
                made to a plan maintained by an Employer or any Related
                Company on behalf of a Participant in lieu of cash
                compensation pursuant to his written election to defer
                under a qualified CODA as defined in Section 401(k) of the
                Code, any simplified employee pension cash or deferred
                arrangement as described in Section 402(h)(1)(B) of the
                Code, any eligible deferred compensation plan under
                Section 457 of the Code, or any plan as described in
                Section 501(c)(18) of the Code, and any contribution made
                on behalf of the Participant by an Employer or a Related
                Company for the purchase of an annuity contract under
                Section 403(b) of the Code pursuant to a salary reduction
                agreement.

         (e)    An "excess deferral" with respect to a Participant means that
                portion of a Participant's Tax-Deferred Contributions that when
                added to amounts deferred under other plans or arrangements
                described in Sections 401(k), 408(k), or 403(b) of the Code, 
                would exceed the Code Section 402(g) limit and is includable in
                the Participant's gross income under Section 402(g) of the Code.

         (f)    A "family member" of an Employee means the Employee's spouse,
                his lineal ascendants, his lineal descendants, and the spouses
                of such lineal ascendants and descendants.

         (g)    A "limitation year" means the Plan Year.

         (h)    A "qualified nonelective contribution" means any employer
                contribution made on behalf of a Participant that the

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
                Participant could not elect instead to receive in cash, that is
                a qualified nonelective contribution as defined in Section
                401(k) and Section 401(m) of the Code and regulations issued
                thereunder, is nonforfeitable when made, and is distributable
                only as permitted in regulations issued under Section 401(k) of
                the Code.

                The "test compensation" of an Eligible Employee for a Plan Year
                means compensation as defined in Section 414(s) of the Code and
                regulations issued thereunder, limited, however, to (1)
                $200,000 for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1994, or
                (2) $150,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
                1994 (subject to adjustment annually as provided in Section
                401(a)(17)(B) and Section 415(d) of the Code; provided,
                however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any
                calendar year, if any, is effective for Plan Years beginning in
                such calendar year) and further limited solely to test
                compensation of an Employee attributable to periods of time
                when he is an Eligible Employee. If the test compensation of a
                Participant is determined over a period of time that contains
                fewer than 12 calendar months, then the annual compensation
                limitation described above shall be adjusted with respect to
                that Participant by multiplying the annual compensation
                limitation in effect for the Plan Year by a fraction the
                numerator of which is the number of full months in the period
                and the denominator of which is 12; provided, however, that no
                proration is required for a Participant who is covered
                under the Plan for less than one full Plan Year if the formula 
                for allocations is based on Compensation for a period of at 
                least 12 months. In determining the test compensation, for 
                purposes of applying the annual compensation limitation
                described above, of a Participant who is a five-percent owner or
                among the ten Highly Compensated Employees receiving the
                greatest test compensation for the limitation year, the test
                compensation of the Participant's spouse and of his lineal
                descendants who have not attained age 19 as of the close of the
                limitation year shall be included as test compensation of the
                Participant for the limitation year. If as a result of applying
                the family aggregation rule

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
                described in the preceding sentence the annual compensation
                limitation would be exceeded, the limitation shall be prorated
                among the affected family members in proportion to each member's
                test compensation as determined prior to application of the
                family aggregation rules.

         7.2    Code Section 402(g) Limit

         In no event shall the amount of the Tax-Deferred Contributions made on
         behalf of an Eligible Employee for his taxable year, when aggregated
         with any elective contributions made on behalf of the Eligible Employee
         under any other plan of an Employer or a Related Company for his
         taxable year, exceed the Code Section 402(g) limit. In the event that
         the Administrator determines that the reduction percentage elected by
         an Eligible Employee will result in his exceeding the Code Section
         402(g) limit, the Administrator may adjust the reduction authorization
         of such Eligible Employee by reducing the percentage of his
         Tax-Deferred Contributions to such smaller percentage that will result
         in the Code Section 402(g) limit not being exceeded. If the
         Administrator determines that the Tax-Deferred Contributions made on
         behalf of an Eligible Employee would exceed the Code Section 402(g)
         limit for his taxable year, the Tax-Deferred Contributions for such
         Participant shall be automatically suspended for the remainder, if any,
         of such taxable year.

         If an Employer notifies the Administrator that the Code Section 402(g)
         limit has nevertheless been exceeded by an Eligible Employee for his
         taxable year, the Tax-Deferred Contributions that, when aggregated with
         elective contributions made on behalf of the Eligible Employee under
         any other plan of an Employer or a Related Company, would exceed the
         Code Section 402(g) limit, plus any income and minus any losses
         attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the Eligible Employee no
         later than the April 15 immediately following such taxable year. Any
         Tax-Deferred Contributions that are distributed to an Eligible Employee
         in accordance with this Section shall not be taken into account in
         computing the Eligible Employee's actual deferral percentage for the
         Plan Year in which the Tax-Deferred Contributions were made, unless the
         Eligible Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
         7.3    Distribution of Excess Deferrals

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a
         Participant notifies the Administrator in writing no later than the
         March 1 following the close of the Participant's taxable year that
         excess deferrals have been made on his behalf under the Plan for such
         taxable year, the excess deferrals, plus any income and minus any
         losses attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the Participant no
         later than the April 15 immediately following such taxable year. Any
         Tax-Deferred Contributions that are distributed to a Participant in
         accordance with this Section shall nevertheless be taken into account
         in computing the Participant's actual deferral percentage for the Plan
         Year in which the Tax-Deferred Contributions were made.

         7.4    Limitation on Tax-Deferred Contributions of Highly
                Compensated Employees

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the
         Tax-Deferred Contributions made with respect to a Plan Year on behalf
         of Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees may not
         result in an average actual deferral percentage for such Eligible
         Employees that exceeds the greater of:

         (a)    a percentage that is equal to 125 percent of the average
                actual deferral percentage for all other Eligible
                Employees; or

         (b)    a percentage that is not more than 200 percent of the average
                actual deferral percentage for all other Eligible Employees and
                that is not more than two percentage points higher than the
                average actual deferral percentage for all other Eligible
                Employees.

         In order to assure that the limitation contained herein is not exceeded
         with respect to a Plan Year, the Administrator is authorized to suspend
         completely further Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of Highly
         Compensated Employees for any remaining portion of a Plan Year or to
         adjust the projected actual deferral percentages of Highly Compensated
         Employees by reducing their percentage elections with respect to
         Tax-Deferred Contributions for any remaining portion of a Plan Year to
         such

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
         smaller percentages that will result in the limitation set forth above
         not being exceeded. In the event of any such suspension or reduction,
         Highly Compensated Employees affected thereby shall be notified of the
         reduction or suspension as soon as possible and shall be given an
         opportunity to make a new Tax-Deferred Contribution election to be
         effective the first day of the next following Plan Year. In the absence
         of such an election, the election in effect immediately prior to the
         suspension or adjustment described above shall be reinstated as of the
         first day of the next following Plan Year.

         For purposes of applying the limitation contained in this Section, the
         Tax-Deferred Contributions, qualified nonelective contributions (to the
         extent that such qualified nonelective contributions are taken into
         account in computing actual deferral percentages), and test
         compensation of any Eligible Employee who is a family member of another
         Eligible Employee who is a five- percent owner or among the ten Highly
         Compensated Employees receiving the greatest test compensation for the
         Plan Year shall be aggregated with the Tax-Deferred Contributions,
         qualified nonelective contributions, and test compensation of such
         other Eligible Employee, and such family member shall not be considered
         an Eligible Employee for purposes of determining the average actual
         deferral percentage for all other Eligible Employees.

         In determining the actual deferral percentage for any Eligible Employee
         who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, elective
         contributions and qualified nonelective contributions (to the extent
         that qualified nonelective contributions are taken into account in
         computing actual deferral percentages) made to his accounts under any
         other plan of an Employer or a Related Company shall be treated as if
         all such contributions were made to the Plan; provided, however that if
         such a plan has a plan year different from the Plan Year, any such
         contributions made to the Highly Compensated Employee's accounts under
         the plan for the plan year ending with or within the same calendar year
         as the Plan Year shall be treated as if such contributions were made to
         the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such contributions shall not
         be treated as if they were made to the Plan if regulations issued under
         Section 401(k) of the Code do not permit such plan to be aggregated
         with the Plan.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
         If one or more plans of an Employer or Related Company are aggregated
         with the Plan for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section
         401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code, then actual deferral percentages under
         the Plan shall be calculated as if the Plan and such one or more other
         plans were a single plan. For Plan Years beginning after December 31,
         1991, plans may be aggregated to satisfy Section 401(k) of the Code
         only if they have the same plan year.

         The Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to show that the
         limitation contained in this Section was not exceeded with respect to
         any Plan Year and the amount of the qualified nonelective contributions
         taken into account in computing actual deferral percentages for any
         Plan Year.

         7.5   Distribution of Excess Tax-Deferred Contributions

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the
         event that the limitation contained in Section 7.4 is exceeded in any
         Plan Year, the Tax-Deferred Contributions made with respect to a Highly
         Compensated Employee that exceed the maximum amount permitted to be
         contributed to the Plan on his behalf under Section 7.4, plus any
         income and minus any losses attributable thereto, shall be distributed
         to the Highly Compensated Employee prior to the end of the next
         succeeding Plan Year. If excess amounts are attributable to
         Participants aggregated under the family aggregation rules described in
         Section 7.4, the excess shall be allocated among family members in
         proportion to the Tax-Deferred Contributions made with respect to each
         family member. If such excess amounts are distributed more than 2 1/2
         months after the last day of the Plan Year for which the excess
         occurred, an excise tax may be imposed under Section 4979 of the Code
         on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.

         The maximum amount permitted to be contributed to the Plan on a Highly
         Compensated Employee's behalf under Section 7.4 shall be determined by
         reducing Tax-Deferred Contributions made on behalf of Highly
         Compensated Employees in order of their actual deferral percentages
         beginning with the highest of such percentages. The determination of
         the amount of excess Tax-Deferred Contributions shall be made after
         application of Section 7.3, if applicable.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
        7.6    Determination of Income or Loss

        The income or loss attributable to excess contributions that are
        distributed pursuant to this Article shall be determined for the
        preceding Plan Year under the method otherwise used for allocating
        income or loss to Participant's Participant Accounts.

        7.7    Code Section 415 Limitations on Crediting of
               Contributions and Forfeitures

        Notwithstanding-any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the
        annual addition with respect to a Participant for a limitation year
        shall in no event exceed the lesser of (i) $30,000 (adjusted as provided
        in Section 415(d) of the Code, with the first adjustment being made for
        limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 1996) or (ii) 25
        percent of the Participant's compensation, as defined in Section
        415(c)(3) of the Code and regulations issued thereunder, for the
        limitation year. If the annual addition to the Participant Account of a
        Participant in any limitation year would otherwise exceed the amount
        that may be applied for his benefit under the limitation contained in
        this Section, the limitation shall be satisfied by reducing
        contributions made on the Participant's behalf to the extent necessary
        in the following order: first by reducing the Tax-Deferred Contributions
        made on the Participant's behalf for the limitation year; next by
        reducing Employer Contributions (other than qualified nonelective
        contributions) otherwise allocable to the Participant's Participant
        Account for the limitation year; and finally by reducing the qualified
        nonelective contributions made on the Participant's behalf for the
        limitation year.

        The amount of any reduction of Tax-Deferred Contributions (plus any
        income attributable thereto) shall be returned to the Participant. The
        amount of any reduction of Employer Contributions shall be deemed a
        forfeiture for the limitation year. Amounts deemed to be forfeitures
        under this Section shall be held unallocated in a suspense account
        established for the limitation year and shall be applied against the
        Employer's contribution obligation for the next following limitation
        year (and succeeding limitation years, as necessary). If a suspense
        account is in existence at any time during a limitation year, all

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
         amounts in the suspense account must be allocated to Participants'
         Participant Accounts (subject to the limitations contained herein)
         before any further Tax-Deferred Contributions or Employer Contributions
         may be made to the Plan on behalf of Participants. No suspense account
         established hereunder shall share in any increase or decrease in the
         net worth of the Trust. For purposes of this Article, excesses shall
         result only from the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in
         estimating a Participant's annual compensation (as defined in Section
         415(c)(3) of the Code and regulations issued thereunder), a reasonable
         error in determining the amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions that may
         be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of Section 415
         of the Code, or other limited facts and circumstances that justify the
         availability of the provisions set forth above.

         7.8    Coverage Under Other Qualified Defined Contribution Plan

         If a Participant is covered by any other qualified defined contribution
         plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by an Employer or a Related
         Company concurrently with the Plan, and if the annual addition for the
         limitation year would otherwise exceed the amount that may be applied
         for the Participant's benefit under the limitation contained in Section
         7.7, such excess shall be reduced first by returning the employee
         contributions made by the Participant for the limitation year under all
         of the defined contribution plans other than the Plan and the income
         attributable thereto to the extent necessary. if the limitation
         contained in Section 7.7 is still not satisfied after returning all of
         the employee contributions made by the Participant under all such other
         plans, the procedure set forth in Section 7.7 shall be invoked to
         eliminate any such excess. if the limitation contained in Section 7.7
         is still not satisfied after invocation of the procedure set forth in
         Section 7.7, the portion of the employer contributions and of
         forfeitures for the limitation year under all such other plans that has
         been allocated to the Participant thereunder, but which exceeds the
         limitation set forth in Section 7.7, shall be deemed a forfeiture for
         the limitation year and shall be disposed of as provided in such other
         plans; provided, however, that if the Participant is covered by a money
         purchase pension plan, the forfeiture shall be effected first under any
         other defined contribution plan that is

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
         not a money purchase pension plan and, if the limitation is still not
         satisfied, then under such money purchase pension plan.

         7.9    Coverage Under Qualified Defined Benefit Plan

         If a Participant in the Plan is also covered by a qualified defined
         benefit plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by an Employer or a
         Related Company, in no event shall the sum of the defined benefit plan
         fraction (as defined in Section 415(e)(2) of the Code) and the defined
         contribution plan fraction (as defined in Section 415(e)(3) of the
         Code) exceed 1.0 in any limitation year. If, before October 3, 1973,
         the Participant was an active participant in a qualified defined
         benefit plan maintained by an Employer or a Related Company and
         otherwise satisfies the requirements of Section 2004(d)(2) of ERISA,
         then for purposes of applying this Section, the defined benefit plan
         fraction shall not exceed 1.0. If the Plan satisfied the applicable
         requirements of Section 415 of the Code as in effect for all limitation
         years beginning before January 1, 1987, an amount shall be subtracted
         from the numerator of the defined contribution plan fraction (not
         exceeding such numerator) as prescribed by the Secretary of the
         Treasury so that the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction and the
         defined contribution plan fraction computed under Section 415(e)(1) of
         the Code, as revised by the Tax Reform Act of 1986, does not exceed 1.0
         for such limitation year. In the event the special limitation contained
         in this Section is exceeded, contributions and forfeitures allocated to
         the Participant under the Plan and any other defined contribution plan
         maintained by an Employer or a Related Company shall be disposed of in
         the order and manner specified in Section 7.8 to the extent necessary
         to meet such limitation.

         7.10   Scope of Limitations

         The limitations contained in Sections 7.7, 7.8, and 7.9 shall be
         applicable only with respect to benefits provided pursuant to defined
         contribution plans and defined benefit plans described in Section
         415(k) of the Code.

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      TRUST FUNDS AND PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

         8.1    General Fund

         The Trustee shall maintain a General Fund as required to hold and
         administer any assets of the Trust that are not allocated among the
         Investment Funds as provided in the Plan or the Trust Agreement. The
         General Fund shall be held and administered as a separate common trust
         fund. The interest of each Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan in
         the General Fund shall be an undivided interest.

         8.2    Investment Funds

         The Sponsor shall determine the number and type of Investment Funds and
         select the investments for such Investment Funds. The Sponsor shall
         communicate the same and any changes therein in writing to the
         Administrator and the Trustee. Each Investment Fund shall be held and
         administered as a separate common trust fund. The interest of each
         Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan in any Investment Fund shall
         be an undivided interest.

         The Sponsor may determine to offer one or more Investment Funds that
         are invested in whole or in part in equity securities issued by an
         Employer or a Related Company that are publicly traded and are
         "qualifying employer securities" as defined in Section 407(d)(5) of
         ERISA.

         8.3    Loan Investment Fund

         If a loan from the Plan to a Participant is approved in accordance with
         the provisions of Article XII, the Sponsor shall direct the
         establishment and maintenance of a loan Investment Fund in the
         Participant's name. The assets of the loan Investment Fund shall be
         held as a separate trust fund. A Participant's loan Investment Fund
         shall be invested in the note reflecting the loan that is executed by
         the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Article XII.
         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, income
         received with respect to a Participant's loan Investment Fund shall be

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
        allocated and the loan Investment Fund shall be administered as
        provided in Article XII.

        8.4    Income on Trust

        Any dividends, interest, distributions, or other income received by the
        Trustee with respect to any Trust Fund maintained hereunder shall be
        allocated by the Trustee to the Trust Fund for which the income was
        received.

        8.5    Participant Accounts

        As of the first date a contribution is made by or on behalf of an
        Employee, there shall be established a Participant Account in his name
        reflecting his interest in the Trust. Each Participant Account shall be
        maintained and administered for each Participant and Beneficiary in
        accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The balance of each
        Participant Account shall be the balance of the account after all
        credits and charges thereto, for and as of such date, have been made as
        provided herein.

        8.6    Sub-Accounts

        A Participant's Participant Account shall be divided into individual
        Sub-Accounts reflecting the portion of the Participant's Participant
        Account that is derived from Tax-Deferred Contributions, Rollover
        Contributions, or Employer Contributions. Each Sub-Account shall reflect
        separately contributions allocated to each Trust Fund maintained
        hereunder and the earnings and losses attributable thereto. The Employer
        Contributions Sub-Account shall reflect separately that portion of such
        Sub-Account that is derived from Employer Contributions that may be
        taken into account to satisfy the limitations on contributions for
        Highly Compensated Employees contained in Article VII. Such other
        Sub-Accounts may be established as are necessary or appropriate to
        reflect a Participant's interest in the Trust.

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE IX
                            LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS

         9.1    No Life Insurance Contracts

         There shall be no life insurance contracts purchased under the Plan.



                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                                    ARTICLE X
                     DEPOSIT AND INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

         10.1   Future Contribution Investment Elections

         Each Eligible Employee shall make an investment election in the manner
         and form prescribed by the Administrator directing the manner in which
         his Tax-Deferred Contributions, Rollover Contributions, and Employer
         Contributions shall be invested. An Eligible Employee's investment
         election shall specify the percentage, in the percentage increments
         prescribed by the Administrator, of such contributions that shall be
         allocated to one or more of the Investment Funds with the sum of such
         percentages equaling 100 percent. The investment election by a
         Participant shall remain in effect until his entire interest under the
         Plan is distributed or forfeited in accordance with the provisions of
         the Plan or until he files a change of investment election with the
         Administrator, in such form as the Administrator shall prescribe. A
         Participant's change of investment election may be made effective as of
         the date or dates prescribed by the Administrator.

         10.2   Deposit of Contributions

         All Tax-Deferred Contributions, Rollover Contributions, and Employer
         Contributions shall be deposited in the Trust and allocated among the
         Investment Funds in accordance with the Participant's currently
         effective investment election. If no investment election is on file
         with the Administrator at the time contributions are to be deposited to
         a Participant's Participant Account, the Participant shall be notified
         and an investment election form shall be provided to him. Until such
         Participant shall make an effective election under this Section, his
         contributions shall be allocated among the Investment Funds as directed
         by the Administrator.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
        10.3   Election to Transfer Between Funds

        A Participant may elect to transfer investments from any Investment Fund
        to any other Investment Fund. The Participant's transfer election shall
        specify either (i) a percentage, in the percentage increments prescribed
        by the Administrator, of the amount eligible for transfer, which
        percentage may not exceed 100 percent, or (ii) a dollar amount that is
        to be transferred. Subject to any restrictions pertaining to a
        particular Investment Fund, a Participant's transfer election may be
        made effective as of the date or dates prescribed by the Administrator.

        10.4   404(c) Plan

        The Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of
        ERISA and regulations issued thereunder. The fiduciaries of the Plan may
        be relieved of liability for any losses that are the direct and
        necessary result of investment instructions given by a Participant, his
        Beneficiary, or an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
        order.

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE XI
                   CREDITING AND VALUING PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

         11.1   Crediting Participant Accounts

         All contributions made under the provisions of the Plan shall be
         credited to Participant Accounts in the Trust Funds by the Trustee, in
         accordance with procedures established in writing by the Administrator,
         either when received or on the succeeding Valuation Date after
         valuation of the Trust Fund has been completed for such Valuation Date
         as provided in Section 11.2, as shall be determined by the
         Administrator.

         11.2   Valuing Participant Accounts

         Participant Accounts in the Trust Funds shall be valued by the Trustee
         on the Valuation Date, in accordance with procedures established in
         writing by the Administrator, either in the manner adopted by the
         Trustee and approved by the Administrator or in the manner set forth in
         Section 11.3 as Plan valuation procedures, as determined by the
         Administrator.

         11.3   Plan Valuation Procedures

         With respect to the Trust Funds, the Administrator may determine that
         the following valuation procedures shall be applied. As of each
         Valuation Date hereunder, the portion of any Participant Accounts in a
         Trust Fund shall be adjusted to reflect any increase or decrease in the
         value of the Trust Fund for the period of time occurring since the
         immediately preceding Valuation Date for the Trust Fund (the "valuation
         period") in the following manner:

         (a)    First, the value of the Trust Fund shall be determined by
                valuing all of the assets of the Trust Fund at fair market
                value.

         (b)    Next, the net increase or decrease in the value of the Trust
                Fund attributable to net income and all profits and losses,
                realized and unrealized, during the valuation period shall be
                determined on the basis of the valuation

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
                 under paragraph (a) taking into account appropriate adjustments
                 for contributions, loan payments, and transfers to and
                 distributions, withdrawals, loans, and transfers from such
                 Trust Fund during the valuation period.

          (c)    Finally, the net increase or decrease in the value of the
                 Trust Fund shall be allocated among Participant Accounts
                 in the Trust Fund in the ratio of the balance of the
                 portion of such Participant Account in the Trust Fund as
                 of the preceding Valuation Date less any distributions,
                 withdrawals, loans, and transfers from such Participant
                 Account balance in the Trust Fund since the Valuation Date
                 to the aggregate balances of the portions of all
                 Participant Accounts in the Trust Fund similarly adjusted,
                 and each Participant Account in the Trust Fund shall be
                 credited or charged with the amount of its allocated
                 share.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator
                 may adopt such accounting procedures as it considers
                 appropriate and equitable to establish a proportionate
                 crediting of net increase or decrease in the value of the
                 Trust Fund for contributions, loan payments, and transfers
                 to and distributions, withdrawals, loans, and transfers
                 from such Trust Fund made by or on behalf of a Participant
                 during the valuation period.

          11.4   Finality of Determinations

          The Trustee shall have exclusive responsibility for determining the
          balance of each Participant Account maintained hereunder. The
          Trustee's determinations thereof shall be conclusive upon all
          interested parties.

          11.5   Notification

          Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each Plan Year,
          the Administrator shall notify each Participant and Beneficiary of the
          balances of his Participant Account and Sub-Accounts as of a Valuation
          Date during the Plan Year.

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XII
                                      LOANS

         12.1  Application for Loan

         A Participant who is a party in interest may make application to the
         Administrator for a loan from his Participant Account, other than his
         Employer Contributions Sub-Account. Loans shall be made to Participants
         in accordance with written rules prescribed by the Administrator which
         are hereby incorporated into and made a part of the Plan.

         As collateral for any loan granted hereunder, the Participant shall
         grant to the Plan a security interest in his vested interest under the
         Plan equal to the amount of the loan; provided, however, that in no
         event may the security interest exceed 50 percent of the Participant's
         vested interest under the Plan determined as of the date as of which
         the loan is originated in accordance with Plan provisions. In the case
         of a Participant who is an active employee, the Participant also shall
         enter into an agreement to repay the loan by payroll withholding. No
         loan in excess of 50 percent of the Participant's vested interest in
         his Tax-Deferred and Rollover Contributions Sub-Accounts under the Plan
         shall be made from the Plan. Loans shall not be made available to
         Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made
         available to other employees.

         A loan shall not be granted unless the Participant consents to the
         charging of his Participant Account for unpaid principal and interest
         amounts in the event the loan is declared to be in default. A
         Participant's spouse must consent in writing to any loan hereunder. Any
         spousal consent given pursuant to this Section must acknowledge the
         effect of the loan and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or a
         notary public. Such spousal consent shall be binding with respect to
         the consenting spouse and any subsequent spouse with respect to the
         loan. A new spousal consent shall be required if the Participant's
         Participant Account is used for security in any renegotiation,
         extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
         12.2    Reduction of Account Upon Distribution

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the amount of a
         Participant's Participant Account that is distributable to the
         Participant or his Beneficiary under Article XIII or XV shall be
         reduced by the portion of his vested interest that is held by the Plan
         as security for any loan outstanding to the Participant, provided that
         the reduction is used to repay the loan. If distribution is made
         because of the Participant's death prior to the commencement of
         distribution of his Participant Account and less than 100 percent of
         the Participant's vested interest in his Participant Account
         (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to his
         surviving spouse, then the balance of the Participant's vested interest
         in his Participant Account shall be adjusted by reducing the vested
         account balance by the amount of the security used to repay the loan,
         as provided in the preceding sentence, prior to determining the amount
         of the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

         12.3    Requirements to Prevent a Taxable Distribution

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the
         following terms and conditions shall apply to any loan made to a
         Participant under this Article:

          (a)    The interest rate on any loan to a Participant shall be a
                 reasonable interest rate commensurate with current interest
                 rates charged for loans made under similar circumstances by
                 persons in the business of lending money.

          (b)    The amount of any loan to a Participant (when added to the
                 outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant from
                 the Plan or any other plan maintained by an Employer or a
                 Related Company) shall not exceed the lesser of:

                 (i)     $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of the highest
                         outstanding balance of any other loan to the
                         Participant from the Plan or any other plan maintained
                         by an Employer or a Related Company during the
                         preceding 12-month period over the outstanding balance
                         of such loans on the date a loan is made hereunder; or

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
                 (ii)   50 percent of the vested portions of the Participant's
                        Participant Account and his vested interest under all
                        other plans maintained by an Employer or a Related
                        Company.

          (c)    The term of any loan to a Participant shall be no greater than
                 five years, except in the case of a loan used to acquire any
                 dwelling unit which within a reasonable period of time is to be
                 used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal
                 residence of the Participant.

          (d)    Except as otherwise permitted under Treasury regulations,
                 substantially level amortization shall be required over the
                 term of the loan with payments made not less frequently than
                 quarterly.

          12.4   Administration of Loan Investment Fund

          Upon approval of a loan to a Participant, the Administrator shall
          direct the Trustee to transfer an amount equal to the loan amount from
          the Investment Funds in which it is invested, as directed by the
          Administrator, to the loan Investment Fund established in the
          Participant's name. Any loan approved by the Administrator shall be
          made to the Participant out of the Participant's loan Investment Fund.
          All principal and interest paid by the Participant on a loan made
          under this Article shall be deposited to his Participant Account and
          shall be allocated upon receipt among the Investment Funds in
          accordance with the Participant's currently effective investment
          election. The balance of the Participant's loan Investment Fund shall
          be 'decreased by the amount of principal payments and the loan
          Investment Fund shall be terminated when the loan has been repaid in
          full.

          12.5   Default

          If a Participant fails to make or cause to be made, any payment
          required under the terms of the loan within 90 days following the date
          on which such payment shall become due or there is an outstanding
          principal balance existing on a loan after the last scheduled
          repayment date, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to declare
          the loan to be in default, and the entire unpaid balance of such loan,
          together with accrued interest,

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
         shall be immediately due and payable. In any such event, if such
         balance and interest thereon is not then paid, the Trustee shall charge
         the Participant Account of the borrower with the amount of such balance
         and interest as of the earliest date a distribution may be made from
         the Plan to the borrower without adversely affecting the tax
         qualification of the Plan or of the cash or deferred arrangement.

         12.6   Loans Granted Prior to Amendment

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary,
         any loan made under the provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to
         this amendment and restatement shall remain outstanding until repaid in
         accordance with its terms or the otherwise applicable Plan provisions.

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XIII
                           WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED

         13.1   Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions

         A Participant who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company may,
         at any time, elect, subject to the limitations and conditions
         prescribed in this Article, to make a cash withdrawal from his Rollover
         Contributions Sub-Account.

         13.2   Withdrawals of Employer Contributions

         A Participant who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company and
         is determined by the Administrator to have incurred a hardship as
         defined in this Article may elect, subject to the limitations and
         conditions prescribed in this Article to make a cash withdrawal from
         his vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a Participant withdraw
         that portion of his Employer Contributions Sub-Account that is
         attributable to Employer Contributions that may be taken into account
         to satisfy the limitations on contributions for Highly Compensated
         Employees contained in Article VII prior to the Participant's
         attainment of age 59 1/2.

         13.3   Withdrawals of Tax-Deferred Contributions

         A Participant who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company and
         who is determined by the Administrator to have incurred a hardship as
         defined in this Article may elect, subject to the limitations and
         conditions prescribed in this Article, to make a cash withdrawal from
         his Tax-Deferred Contributions Sub-Account. The maximum amount that a
         Participant may withdraw pursuant to this Section because of a hardship
         is the balance of his Tax- Deferred Contributions Sub-Account,
         exclusive of any earnings credited to such Sub-Account as of a date
         that is after December 31, 1988.

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
          13.4   Limitations on Withdrawals Other than Hardship Withdrawals

          Withdrawals made pursuant to this Article, other than hardship
          withdrawals, shall be subject to the following conditions and
          limitations:

                 A Participant must file a withdrawal application with the
                 Administrator such number of days prior to the date as of which
                 it is to be effective as the Administrator shall prescribe.

                 Withdrawals may be made effective as of the date or dates
                 prescribed by the Administrator.

                 A Participant who makes a withdrawal from his Rollover
                 Contributions Sub-Account may not make a further withdrawal of
                 Rollover Contributions under this Article during the remainder
                 of the Plan Year in which the withdrawal is effective.

          13.5   Conditions and Limitations on Hardship Withdrawals

          A Participant must file an application for a hardship withdrawal with
          the Administrator such number of days prior to the date as of which it
          is to be effective as the Administrator may prescribe. Hardship
          withdrawals may be made effective as of the date or dates prescribed
          by the Administrator; provided, however, that a Participant may make
          no more than one hardship withdrawal during a Plan Year. The
          Administrator shall grant a hardship withdrawal only if it determines
          that the withdrawal is necessary to meet an immediate and heavy
          financial need of the Participant. An immediate and heavy financial
          need of the Participant means a financial need on account of:

          (a)    expenses previously incurred by or necessary to obtain for the
                 Participant, the Participant's spouse, or any dependent of the
                 Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) medical
                 care described in Section 213(d) of the Code;

          (b)    costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage
                 payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
         (c)    payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board
                expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for
                the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or any dependent of
                the Participant;

         (d)    the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from
                his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of
                the Participant's principal residence; or

         (e)    for hardship withdrawals of Employer Contributions only, any
                other facts and circumstances that the Administrator determines
                constitute an immediate and heavy financial need.

         Furthermore, if the withdrawal is from the Participant's Tax- Deferred
         Contribution Sub-Account, the withdrawal shall be deemed to be
         necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a
         Participant only if all of the following requirements are satisfied:

                The withdrawal is not in excess of the amount of the immediate
                and heavy financial need of the Participant.

                The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than
                hardship distributions, and all non-taxable loans currently
                available under all plans maintained by an Employer or any
                Related Company.

                The Participant's Tax-Deferred Contributions and the
                Participant's elective tax-deferred contributions and employee
                after-tax contributions under all other tax-qualified plans
                maintained by an Employer or any Related Company shall be
                suspended for at least twelve months after his receipt of the
                withdrawal.

                The Participant shall not make Tax-Deferred Contributions or
                elective tax-deferred contributions under any other
                tax-qualified plan maintained by an Employer or any Related
                Company for the Participant's taxable year immediately following
                the taxable year of the withdrawal in excess of the applicable
                limit under Section 402(g) of the Code for such next taxable
                year less the amount of the

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
                 Participant's Tax-Deferred Contributions and elective
                 tax-deferred contributions under any other plan maintained by
                 an Employer or any Related Company for the taxable year of the
                 withdrawal.

         The amount of a hardship withdrawal may include any amounts necessary
         to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties
         reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. A Participant
         shall not fail to be treated as an Eligible Employee for purposes of
         applying the limitations contained in Article VII of the Plan merely
         because his Tax-Deferred Contributions are suspended in accordance with
         this Section.

         13.6    Order of Withdrawal from a Participant's Sub-Accounts

         Distribution of a withdrawal amount shall be made from a Participant's
         Sub-Accounts, to the extent necessary, in the order prescribed by the
         Administrator, which order shall be uniform with respect to all
         Participants and non-discriminatory. If the Sub-Account from which a
         Participant is receiving a withdrawal is invested in more than one
         Investment Fund, the withdrawal shall be charged against the Investment
         Funds as directed by the Administrator.

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE XIV
                  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SETTLEMENT DATE

14.1   Termination of Employment and Settlement Date

         A Participant's Settlement Date shall occur on the date he terminates
         employment with an Employer and all Related Companies because of death,
         disability, retirement, or other termination of employment. Written
         notice of a Participant's Settlement Date shall be given by the
         Administrator to the Trustee.



                                       46
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE XV
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

          15.1   Distributions to Participants

          A Participant whose Settlement Date occurs shall receive distribution
          of his vested interest in his Participant Account in the form provided
          under Article XVI beginning as soon as reasonably practicable
          following his Settlement Date or the date his application for
          distribution is filed with the Administrator, if later.

          15.2   Distributions to Beneficiaries

          If a Participant dies prior to the date distribution of his vested
          interest in his Participant Account begins under this Article, his
          Beneficiary shall receive distribution of the Participant's vested
          interest in his Participant Account in the form provided under Article
          XVI beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following the date the
          Beneficiary's application for distribution is filed with the
          Administrator. Unless distribution is to be made over the life or over
          a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of the
          Beneficiary, distribution of the Participant's entire vested interest
          shall be made to the Beneficiary no later than the end of the fifth
          calendar year beginning after the Participant's death. if distribution
          is to be made over the life or over a period certain no greater than
          the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, distribution shall commence no
          later than:

          (a)    If the Beneficiary is not the Participant's spouse, the
                 end of the first calendar year beginning after the
                 Participant's death; or

          (b)    If the Beneficiary is the Participant's spouse, the later of
                 (i) the end of the first calendar year beginning after the
                 Participant's death or (ii) the end of the calendar year in
                 which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
         If distribution is to be made to a Participant's spouse, it shall be
         made available within a reasonable period of time after the
         Participant's death that is no less favorable than the period of time
         applicable to other distributions. If a Participant dies after the date
         distribution of his vested interest in his Participant Account begins
         under this Article, but before his entire vested interest in his
         Participant Account is distributed, his Beneficiary shall receive
         distribution of the remainder of the Participant's vested interest in
         his Participant Account beginning as soon as reasonably practicable
         following the Participant's date of death in a form that provides for
         distribution at least as rapidly as under the form in which the
         Participant was receiving distribution. Notwithstanding the provisions
         of this Section, distribution may also be made to a Participant's
         Beneficiary in accordance with a valid election made by the Participant
         pursuant to Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
         Responsibility Act of 1982.

         15.3   Cash Outs and Participant Consent

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a
         Participant's vested interest in his Participant Account does not
         exceed $3,500, distribution of such vested interest shall be made to
         the Participant in a single sum payment as soon as reasonably
         practicable following his Settlement Date. If a Participant's vested
         interest in his Participant Account exceeds $3,500, distribution shall
         not commence to such Participant prior to his Normal Retirement Date
         without the Participant's written consent. If at the time of a
         distribution or deemed distribution to a Participant from his
         Participant Account, the Participant's vested interest in his
         Participant Account exceeded $3,500, then for purposes of this Section,
         the Participant's vested interest in his Participant Account on any
         subsequent date shall be deemed to exceed $3,500.

15.4   Required Commencement of Distribution

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
         distribution of a Participant's vested interest in his Participant
         Account shall commence to the Participant no later than the earlier of:

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
        (a)    unless the Participant elects a later date, 60 days after the
               close of the Plan Year in which (i) the Participant's Normal
               Retirement Date occurs, (ii) the 10th anniversary of the year in
               which he commenced participation in the Plan occurs, or (iii) his
               Settlement Date occurs, whichever is latest; or

        (b)    the April 1 following the close of the calendar year in
               which he attains age 70 1/2, whether or not his Settlement
               Date has occurred, except that if a Participant attained
               age 70 1/2 prior to January 1, 1988, and was not a
               five-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code)
               at any time during the five-Plan-Year period ending within
               the calendar year in which he attained age 70 1/2,
               distribution of such Participant's vested interest in his
               Participant Account shall commence no later than the April
               1 following the close of the calendar year in which he
               attains age 70 1/2 or retires, whichever is later.

        Distributions required to commence under this Section shall be made in
        the form provided under Article XVI and in accordance with Section
        401(a)(9) of the Code and regulations issued thereunder, including the
        minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements. Notwithstanding
        the provisions of this Section, distribution may also be made to a
        Participant in accordance with a valid election made by the Participant
        pursuant to Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
        Responsibility Act of 1982.

        15.5   Reemployment of a Participant

        If a Participant whose Settlement Date has occurred is reemployed by an
        Employer or a Related Company, he shall lose his right to any
        distribution or further distributions from the Trust arising from his
        prior Settlement Date and his interest in the Trust shall thereafter be
        treated in the same manner as that of any other Participant whose
        Settlement Date has not occurred.

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
         15.6   Restrictions on Alienation

         Except as provided in Section 401(a)(13) of the Code relating to
         qualified domestic relations orders and Section 1.401(a)-13(b)(2) of
         Treasury regulations relating to Federal tax levies and judgments, no
         benefit under the Plan at any time shall be subject in any manner to
         anticipation, alienation, assignment (either at law or in equity),
         encumbrance, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable
         process; and no person shall have power in any manner to anticipate,
         transfer, assign (either at law or in equity), alienate or subject to
         attachment, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable
         process, or in any way encumber his benefits under the Plan, or any
         part thereof, and any attempt to do so shall be void.

         15.7   Facility of Payment

         If the Administrator finds that any individual to whom an amount is
         payable hereunder is incapable of attending to his financial affairs
         because of any mental or physical condition, including the infirmities
         of advanced age, such amount (unless prior claim therefor shall have
         been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal representative)
         may, in the discretion of the Administrator, be paid to another person
         for the use or benefit of the individual found incapable of attending
         to his financial affairs or in satisfaction of legal obligations
         incurred by or on behalf of such individual. The Trustee shall make
         such payment only upon receipt of written instructions to such effect
         from the Administrator. Any such payment shall be charged to the
         Participant Account from which any such payment would otherwise have
         been paid to the individual found incapable of attending to his
         financial affairs and shall be a complete discharge of any liability
         therefor under the Plan.

         15.8   Inability to Locate Payee

         If any benefit becomes payable to any person, or to the executor or
         administrator of any deceased person, and if that person or his
         executor or administrator does not present himself to the Administrator
         within a reasonable period after the Administrator mails written notice
         of his eligibility to receive a distribution hereunder to his last
         known address and makes such other diligent

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
         effort to locate the person as the Administrator determines, that
         benefit will be forfeited. However, if the payee later files a claim
         for that benefit, the benefit will be restored.

         15.9  Distribution Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations
               Orders

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a
         qualified domestic relations order so provides, distribution may be
         made to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
         order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, regardless of whether
         the Participant's Settlement Date has occurred or whether the
         Participant is otherwise entitled to receive a distribution under the
         Plan.


                                       51
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XVI
                                 FORM OF PAYMENT

16.1   Normal Form of Payment

         Unless the Participant, or his Beneficiary, if the Participant has
         died, elects the optional form of payment, distribution shall be made
         to the Participant, or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, in a single
         sum payment.

16.2   Optional Form of Payment

         A Participant, or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, may elect to
         receive distribution of all or a portion of his Participant Account in
         a series of installments over a period not exceeding the life
         expectancy of the Participant, or the Participant's Beneficiary, if the
         Participant has died, or a period not exceeding the joint life and last
         survivor expectancy of the Participant and his Beneficiary. Each
         installment shall be equal in amount except as necessary to adjust for
         any changes in the value of the Participant's Participant Account,
         unless the Participant elects a more rapid distribution schedule. The
         determination of life expectancies shall be made on the basis of the
         expected return multiples in Table V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the
         Treasury regulations and shall be calculated either once at the time
         installment payments begin or annually for the Participant and/or his
         Beneficiary, if his Beneficiary is his spouse, as determined by the
         Participant at the time installment payments begin. Notwithstanding any
         other provision of this Section to the contrary, a Participant may
         elect to receive distribution of his Participant Account for periods
         prior to the April 1 following the close of the calendar year in which
         he attains age 70 1/2 in a series of installments made pursuant to any
         formula elected by the Participant, without regard to the life
         expectancies of the Participant and his Beneficiary.

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
         16.3   Change of Option Election

         A Participant or Beneficiary who has elected the optional form of
         payment may revoke or change his election at any time prior to the date
         as of which his benefit commences by filing with the Administrator a
         written election in the form prescribed by the Administrator.

         16.4   Direct Rollover

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in
         lieu of receiving distribution in the form of payment provided under
         this Article, a "qualified distributes" may elect in writing, in
         accordance with rules prescribed by the Administrator, to have any
         portion or all of a distribution made on or after January 1, 1993, that
         is an "eligible rollover distribution" paid directly by the Plan to the
         "eligible retirement plan" designated by the "qualified distributes";
         provided, however, that this provision shall not apply if the total
         distribution is less than $200 and that a "qualified distributes,, may
         not elect this provision with respect to a portion of a distribution
         that is less than $500. Any such payment by the Plan to another
         "eligible retirement plan" shall be a direct rollover. For purposes of
         this Section, the following terms have the following meanings:

         (a)    An "eligible retirement plan" means an individual
                retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the
                Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
                Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in
                Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described
                in Section 401(a) of the Code that accepts rollovers;
                provided, however, that, in the case of a direct rollover
                by a surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan does
                not include a qualified trust described in Section 401(a)
                of the Code.

         (b)    An "eligible rollover distribution" means any distribution of
                all or any portion of the balance of a Participant's Participant
                Account; provided, however, that an eligible rollover
                distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a
                series of substantially equal periodic

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
                 payments made not less frequently than annually for the life or
                 life expectancy of the qualified distributes or the joint lives
                 or joint life expectancies of the qualified distributes and the
                 qualified distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a
                 specified period of ten years or more; and any distribution to
                 the extent such distribution is required under Section
                 401(a)(9) of the Code.

          (c)    A "qualified distributes" means a Participant, his surviving
                 spouse, or his spouse or former spouse who is an alternate
                 payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
                 Section 414(p) of the Code.

          16.5   Notice Regarding Forms of Payment

          Within the 60 day period ending 30 days before the date as of which
          distribution of a Participant's Participant Account commences, the
          Administrator shall provide the Participant with a written explanation
          of his right to defer distribution until his Normal Retirement Date,
          or such later date as may be provided in the Plan, his right to make a
          direct rollover, and the forms of payment available under the Plan.
          Distribution of the Participant's Participant Account may commence
          less than 30 days after such notice is provided to the Participant if
          (i) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant of his right to
          consider his election of whether or not to make a direct rollover or
          to receive a distribution prior to his Normal Retirement Date and his
          election of a form of payment for a period of at least 30 days
          following his receipt of the notice and (ii) the Participant, after
          receiving the notice, affirmatively elects an early distribution.

          16.6   Reemployment

          If a Participant is reemployed by an Employer or a Related Company
          prior to receiving distribution of the entire balance of his vested
          interest in his Participant Account, his prior election of a form of
          payment hereunder shall become ineffective.

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
          16.7    Distribution in the Form of Employer Stock

          Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a
          Participant may elect to receive distribution of the fair market value
          of his Participant Account in the form of Employer stock.

          16.8    Section 242(b)(2) Elections

          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, distribution on
          behalf of a Participant, including a five-percent owner, may be made
          pursuant to an election under Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and
          Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 and in accordance with all of the
          following requirements:

          (a)     The distribution is one which would not have disqualified the
                  Trust under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code as in effect prior
                  to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

          (b)     The distribution is in accordance with a method of
                  distribution elected by the Participant whose interest in the
                  Trust is being distributed or, if the Participant is deceased,
                  by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

          (c)     Such election was in writing, was signed by the
                  Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before
                  January 1, 1984.

          (d)     The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of
                  December 31, 1983.

          (e)     The method of distribution elected by the Participant or the
                  Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will
                  commence, the period over which distribution will be made, and
                  in the case of any distribution upon the Participant's death,
                  the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of
                  priority.

          A distribution upon death shall not be made under this Section unless
          the information in the election contains the required information
          described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the
          death of the Participant. For any distribution

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
         which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December
         31, 1983, the Participant or the Beneficiary to whom such distribution
         is being made will be presumed to have designated the method of
         distribution under which the distribution is being made, if this method
         of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies
         the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (e) of this Section. If an
         election is revoked, any subsequent distribution will be in accordance
         with the other provisions of the Plan. Any changes in the election will
         be considered to be a revocation of the election. However, the mere
         substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not designated as
         a Beneficiary in the election), under the election will not be
         considered to be a revocation of the election, so long as such
         substitution or addition does not alter the period over which
         distributions are to be made under the election directly, or indirectly
         (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XVII
                                  BENEFICIARIES

        17.1  Designation of Beneficiary

        A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his spouse, unless the
        Participant designates a person or persons other than his spouse as
        Beneficiary with his spousal written consent; provided, however, that
        such written spousal consent shall not be required if the Participant is
        not married to such spouse on the date as of which distribution of the
        Participant's Participant Account commences. A Participant may designate
        a Beneficiary on the form prescribed by the Administrator. If no
        Beneficiary has been designated pursuant to the provisions of this
        Section, or if no Beneficiary survives the Participant and he has no
        surviving spouse, then the Beneficiary under the Plan shall be the
        Participant's surviving children in equal shares or, if none, the
        Participant's surviving parents in equal shares or, if none, the
        Participant's estate. If a Beneficiary dies after becoming entitled to
        receive a distribution under the Plan but before distribution is made to
        him in full, and if no other Beneficiary has been designated to receive
        the balance of the distribution in that event, the estate of the
        deceased Beneficiary shall be the Beneficiary as to the balance of the
        distribution.

17.2   Spousal Consent Requirements

        Any written spousal consent given pursuant to this Article must
        acknowledge the effect of the action taken and must be witnessed by a
        Plan-representative or a notary public. In addition, the spousal written
        consent must either (i) specify any non-spouse Beneficiary designated by
        the Participant and that such Beneficiary may not be changed without
        written spousal consent or (ii) acknowledge that the spouse has the
        right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, but permit the
        Participant to change the designated Beneficiary without the spouse's
        further consent. A Participant's spouse will be deemed to have given
        written consent to the Participant's designation of Beneficiary if the
        Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative
        that such consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot be
        located or because of other circumstances set

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
        forth in Section 401(a)(11) of the Code and regulations issued
        thereunder. Any written consent given or deemed to have been given by a
        Participant's spouse hereunder shall be valid only with respect to the
        spouse who signs the consent.


                                       58
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XVIII
                                 ADMINISTRATION


          18.1   Authority of the Sponsor

          The Sponsor, which shall be the administrator for purposes of ERISA
          and the plan administrator for purposes of the Code, shall be
          responsible for the administration of the Plan and, in addition to the
          powers and authorities expressly conferred upon it in the Plan, shall
          have all such powers and authorities as may be necessary to carry out
          the provisions of the Plan, including the power and authority to
          interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan, to make benefit
          determinations, and to resolve any disputes which arise under the
          Plan. The Sponsor may employ such attorneys, agents, and accountants
          as it may deem necessary or advisable to assist in carrying out its
          duties hereunder. The Sponsor shall be a "named fiduciary" as that
          term is defined in Section 402(a)(2) of ERISA. The Sponsor may:

          (a)    allocate any of the powers, authority, or responsibilities for
                 the operation and administration of the Plan (other than
                 trustee responsibilities as defined in Section 405(c)(3) of
                 ERISA) among named fiduciaries; and

          (b)    designate a person or persons other than a named fiduciary
                 to carry out any of such powers, authority, or
                 responsibilities;

          except that no allocation by the Sponsor of, or designation by the
          Sponsor with respect to, any of such powers, authority, or
          responsibilities to another named fiduciary or a person other than a
          named fiduciary shall become effective unless such allocation or
          designation shall first be accepted by such named fiduciary or other
          person in a writing signed by it and delivered to the Sponsor.

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
         18.2  Action of the Sponsor

         Any act authorized, permitted, or required to be taken under the Plan
         by the Sponsor and which has not been delegated in accordance with
         Section 18.1, may be taken by a majority of the members of the board of
         directors of the Sponsor, either by vote at a meeting, or in writing
         without a meeting, or by the employee or employees of the Sponsor
         designated by the board of directors to carry out such acts on behalf
         of the Sponsor. All notices, advice, directions, certifications,
         approvals, and instructions required or authorized to be given by the
         Sponsor as under the Plan shall be in writing and signed by either (i)
         a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Sponsor or
         by such member or members as may be designated by an instrument in
         writing, signed by all the members thereof, as having authority to
         execute such documents on its behalf, or (ii) the employee or employees
         authorized to act for the Sponsor in accordance with the provisions of
         this Section.

         18.3   Claims Review Procedure

         Whenever a claim for benefits under the Plan filed by any person
         (herein referred to as the "Claimant") is denied, whether in whole or
         in part, the Sponsor shall transmit a written notice of such decision
         to the Claimant within 90 days of the date the claim was filed or, if
         special circumstances require an extension, within 180 days of such
         date, which notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be
         understood by the Claimant and shall contain a statement of (i) the
         specific reasons for the denial of the claim, (ii) specific reference
         to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, and (iii) a
         description of any additional material or information necessary for the
         Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such
         information is necessary. The notice shall also include a statement
         advising the Claimant that, within 60 days of the date on which he
         receives such notice, he may obtain review of such decision in
         accordance with the procedures hereinafter set forth. Within such
         60-day period, the Claimant or his authorized representative may
         request that the claim denial be reviewed by filing with the Sponsor a
         written request therefor, which request shall contain the following
         information:

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
         (a)    the date on which the Claimant's request was filed with the
                Sponsor; provided, however, that the date on which the
                Claimant's request for review was in fact filed with the Sponsor
                shall control in the event that the date of the actual filing is
                later than the date stated by the Claimant pursuant to this
                paragraph;

         (b)    the specific portions of the denial of his claim which the
                Claimant requests the Sponsor to review;

         (c)    a statement by the Claimant setting forth the basis upon which
                he believes the Sponsor should reverse the previous denial of
                his claim for benefits and accept his claim as made; and

         (d)    any written material (offered as exhibits) which the Claimant
                desires the Sponsor to examine in its consideration of his
                position as stated pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section.

         Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
         Section or, if special circumstances require an extension, within 120
         days of such date, the Sponsor shall conduct a full and fair review of
         the decision denying the Claimant's claim for benefits and shall render
         its written decision on review to the Claimant. The Sponsor's decision
         on review shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by
         the Claimant and shall specify the reasons and Plan provisions upon
         which the Sponsor's decision was based.

         18.4   Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

         The Sponsor shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the
         status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions
         under domestic relations orders which are deemed to be qualified
         orders. Such procedures shall be in writing and shall comply with the
         provisions of Section 414(p) of the Code and regulations issued
         thereunder.

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
         18.5  Indemnification

         In addition to whatever rights of indemnification the Trustee or the
         members of the board of directors of the Sponsor or any employee or
         employees of the Sponsor to whom any power, authority, or
         responsibility is delegated pursuant to Section 18.2, may be entitled
         under the articles of incorporation or regulations of the Sponsor,
         under any provision of law, or under any other agreement, the Sponsor
         shall satisfy any liability actually and reasonably incurred by any
         such person or persons, including expenses, attorneys, fees, judgments,
         fines, and amounts paid in settlement (other than amounts paid in
         settlement not approved by the Sponsor), in connection with any
         threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding which is
         related to the exercising or failure to exercise by such person or
         persons of any of the powers, authority, responsibilities, or
         discretion as provided under the Plan, or reasonably believed by such
         person or persons to be provided hereunder, and any action taken by
         such person or persons in connection therewith, unless the same is
         judicially determined to be the result of such person or persons, gross
         negligence or willful misconduct.

         18.6  Actions Binding

         Subject to the provisions of Section 18.3, any action taken by the
         Sponsor which is authorized, permitted, or required under the Plan
         shall be final and binding upon the Employers, the Trustee, all persons
         who have or who claim an interest under the Plan, and all third parties
         dealing with the Employers or the Trustee.

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE XIX
                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         19.1    Amendment

         Subject to the provisions of Section 19.2, the Sponsor may at any time
         and from time to time, by action of its board of directors, or such
         officers of the Sponsor as are authorized by its board of directors,
         amend the Plan, either prospectively or retroactively. Any such
         amendment shall be by written instrument executed by the Sponsor.

         19.2    Limitation on Amendment

         The Sponsor shall make no amendment to the Plan which shall decrease
         the accrued benefit of any Participant or Beneficiary, except that
         nothing contained herein shall restrict the right to amend the
         provisions of the Plan relating to the administration of the Plan and
         Trust. Moreover, no such amendment shall be made hereunder which shall
         permit any part of the Trust to revert to an Employer or any Related
         Company or be used or be diverted to purposes other than the exclusive
         benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.

         19.3    Termination

         The Sponsor reserves the right, by action of its board of
         directors, to terminate the Plan as to all Employers at any time
         (the effective date of such termination being hereinafter referred to
         as the "termination date"). Upon any such termination of the Plan, the
         following actions shall be taken for the benefit of Participants and
         Beneficiaries:

          (a)    As of the termination date, each Investment Fund shall be
                 valued and all Participant Accounts and Sub-Accounts shall
                 be adjusted in the manner provided in Article XI, with any
                 unallocated contributions or forfeitures being allocated
                 as of the termination date in the manner otherwise
                 provided in the Plan.  The termination date shall become a
                 Valuation Date for purposes of Article XI.  In determining
                 the net worth of the Trust, there shall be included as a

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
                liability such amounts as shall be necessary to pay all expenses
                in connection with the termination of the Trust and the
                liquidation and distribution of the property of the Trust, as
                well as other expenses, whether or not accrued, and shall
                include as an asset all accrued income.

         (b)    All Participant Accounts shall then be disposed of to or
                for the benefit of each Participant or Beneficiary in
                accordance with the provisions of Article XV as if the
                termination date were his Settlement Date; provided,
                however, that notwithstanding the provisions of
                Article XV, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option
                and if neither his Employer nor a Related Company
                establishes or maintains another defined contribution plan
                (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in
                Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), the Participant's written
                consent to the commencement of distribution shall not be
                required regardless of the value of the vested portions of
                his Participant Account.

         (c)    Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this
                Section, no distribution shall be made to a Participant of
                any portion of the balance of his Tax-Deferred Contributions
                Sub-Account prior to his separation from service (other than a
                distribution made in accordance with Article XIII or required in
                accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code) unless (I)
                neither his Employer nor a Related Company establishes or
                maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an
                employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7)
                of the Code, a tax credit employee stock ownership plan as
                defined in Section 409 of the Code, or a simplified employee
                pension as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code) either at the
                time the Plan is terminated or at any time during the period
                ending 12 months after distribution of all assets from the Plan;
                provided, however, that this provision shall not apply if fewer
                than two percent of the Eligible Employees under the Plan were
                eligible to participate at any time in such other defined
                contribution plan during the 24-month period beginning 12 months
                before the Plan termination, and (ii) the distribution the
                Participant receives is a "lump sum distribution" as defined in

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
                Section 402(e)(4) of the Code, without regard to clauses (i),
                (ii), (iii), and (iv) of sub-paragraph (A), sub-paragraph (B),
                or sub-paragraph (H) thereof.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, upon
          any such Plan termination, the vested interest of each Participant and
          Beneficiary in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account shall be 100
          percent; and, if there is a partial termination of the Plan, the
          vested interest of each Participant and Beneficiary who is affected by
          the partial termination in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account
          shall be 100 percent. For purposes of the preceding sentence only, the
          Plan shall be deemed to terminate automatically if there shall be a
          complete discontinuance of contributions hereunder by all Employers.

          19.4   Reorganization

          The merger, consolidation, or liquidation of any Employer with or into
          any other Employer or a Related Company shall not constitute a
          termination of the Plan as to such Employer. If an Employer disposes
          of substantially all of the assets used by the Employer in a trade or
          business or disposes of a subsidiary and in connection therewith one
          or more Participants terminates employment but continues in employment
          with the purchaser of the assets or with such subsidiary, no
          distribution from the Plan shall be made to any such Participant prior
          to his separation from service (other than a distribution made in
          accordance with Article XIII or required in accordance with Section
          401(a)(9) of the Code), except that a distribution shall be permitted
          to be made in such a case, subject to the Participant's consent (to
          the extent required by law), if (i) the distribution would constitute
          a "lump sum distribution" as defined in section 402(e)(4) of the Code,
          without regard to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of sub-paragraph
          (A), sub-paragraph (B), or sub-paragraph (H) thereof, (ii) the
          Employer continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition, (iii)
          the purchaser does not maintain the Plan after the disposition, and
          (iv) the distribution is made by the end of the second calendar year
          after the calendar year in which the disposition occurred.

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
         19.5  Withdrawal of an Employer

         An Employer other than the Sponsor may withdraw from the Plan at any
         time upon notice in writing to the Administrator (the effective date of
         such withdrawal being hereinafter referred to as the "withdrawal
         date"), and shall thereupon cease to be an Employer for all purposes of
         the Plan. An Employer shall be deemed automatically to withdraw from
         the Plan in the event of its complete discontinuance of contributions,
         or, subject to Section 19.4 and unless the Sponsor otherwise directs,
         it ceases to be a Related Company of the Sponsor or any other Employer.
         Upon the withdrawal of an Employer, the withdrawing Employer shall
         determine whether a partial termination has occurred with respect to
         its Employees. In the event that the withdrawing Employer determines a
         partial termination has occurred, the action specified in Section 19.3
         shall be taken as of the withdrawal date, as on a termination of the
         Plan, but with respect only to Participants who are employed solely by
         the withdrawing Employer, and who, upon such withdrawal, are neither
         transferred to nor continued in employment with any other Employer or a
         Related Company. The interest of any Participant employed by the
         withdrawing Employer who is transferred to or continues in employment
         with any other Employer or a Related Company, and the interest of any
         Participant employed solely by an Employer or a Related Company other
         than the withdrawing Employer, shall remain unaffected by such
         withdrawal; no adjustment to his Participant Accounts shall be made by
         reason of the withdrawal; and he shall continue as a Participant
         hereunder subject to the remaining provisions of the Plan.

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE XX
                           ADOPTION BY OTHER ENTITIES

         20.1  Adoption by Related Companies

         A Related Company that is not an Employer may, with the consent of the
         Sponsor, adopt the Plan and become an Employer hereunder by causing an
         appropriate written instrument evidencing such adoption to be executed
         in accordance with the requirements of its organizational authority.
         Any such instrument shall specify the effective date of the adoption.

         20.2  Effective Plan Provisions

         An Employer who adopts the Plan shall be bound by the provisions of the
         Plan in effect at the time of the adoption and as subsequently in
         effect because of any amendment to the Plan.

                                         67
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XXI
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          21.1   No Commitment as to Employment

          Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a commitment or
          agreement upon the part of any person to continue his employment with
          an Employer or Related Company, or as a commitment on the part of any
          Employer or Related Company to continue the employment, compensation,
          or benefits of any person for any period.

          21.2   Benefits

          Nothing in the Plan nor the Trust Agreement shall be construed to
          confer any right or claim upon any person, firm, or corporation other
          than the Employers, the Trustee, Participants, and Beneficiaries.

          21.3   No Guarantees

          The Employers, the Administrator, and the Trustee do not guarantee the
          Trust from loss or depreciation, nor do they guarantee the payment of
          any amount which may become due to any person hereunder.

          21.4   Expenses

          The expenses of administration of the Plan, including the expenses of
          the Administrator and fees of the Trustee, shall be paid from the
          Trust as a general charge thereon, unless the Sponsor elects to make
          payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sponsor may direct that
          administrative expenses that are allocable to the Participant Account
          of a specific Participant shall be paid from that Participant Account
          and the costs incident to the management of the assets of an
          Investment Fund or to the purchase or sale of securities held in an
          Investment Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from such Investment
          Fund.

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
         21.5    Precedent

         Except as otherwise specifically provided, no action taken in
         accordance with the Plan shall be construed or relied upon as a
         precedent for similar action under similar circumstances.

         21.6    Duty to Furnish Information

         The Employers, the Administrator, and the Trustee shall furnish to any
         of the others any documents, reports, returns, statements, or other
         information that the other reasonably deems necessary to perform its
         duties hereunder or otherwise imposed by law.

         21.7    Withholding

         The Trustee shall withhold any tax which by any present or future law
         is required to be withheld, and which the Administrator notifies the
         Trustee in writing is to be so withheld, from any payment to any
         Participant or Beneficiary hereunder.

         21.8    Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan Assets

         The Plan shall not be merged or consolidated with any other plan, nor
         shall any of its assets or liabilities be transferred to another plan,
         unless, immediately after such merger, consolidation, or transfer of
         assets or liabilities, each Participant in the Plan would receive a
         benefit under the Plan which is at least equal to the benefit he would
         have received immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or
         transfer of assets or liabilities (assuming in each instance that the
         Plan had then terminated).

         21.9    Back Pay Awards

         The provisions of this Section shall apply only to an Employee or
         former Employee who becomes entitled to back pay by an award or
         agreement of an Employer without regard to mitigation of damages. If a
         person to whom this Section applies was or would have become an
         Eligible Employee after such back pay award or agreement has been
         effected, and if any such person who had not previously elected to make
         Tax-Deferred Contributions pursuant to Section 4.1 shall within 30 days
         of the date he receives notice

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
         of the provisions of this Section make an election to make Tax-Deferred
         Contributions in accordance with such Section 4.1 (retroactive to any
         Enrollment Date as of which he was or has become eligible to do so),
         then such Participant may elect that any Tax-Deferred Contributions not
         previously made on his behalf but which, after application of the
         foregoing provisions of this Section, would have been made under the
         provisions of Article IV, shall be made out of the proceeds of such
         back pay award or agreement. In addition, if any such Employee or
         former Employee would have been eligible to participate in the
         allocation of Employer Contributions under the provisions of Article VI
         for any prior Plan Year after such back pay award or agreement has been
         effected, his Employer shall make an Employer Contribution equal to the
         amount of the Employer Contribution which would have been allocated to
         such Participant under the provisions of Article VI as in effect during
         each such Plan Year. The amounts of such additional contributions shall
         be credited to the Participant Account of such Participant. Any
         additional contributions made by such Participant and by an Employer
         pursuant to this Section shall be made in accordance with, and subject
         to the limitations of the applicable provisions of Articles IV, VI, and
         VII.

         21.10 Condition on Employer Contributions

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or the
         Trust Agreement, any contribution of an Employer hereunder is
         conditioned upon the continued qualification of the Plan under Section
         401(a) of the Code, the exempt status of the Trust under Section 501(a)
         of the Code, and the deductibility of the contribution under Section
         404 of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in this Section and
         Section 21.11 however, in no event shall any portion of the property
         of the Trust ever revert to or otherwise inure to the benefit of an
         Employer or any Related Company.

         21.11 Return of Contributions to an Employer

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the Trust Agreement
         to the contrary, in the event any contribution of an Employer made
         hereunder:

         (a)    is made under a mistake of fact, or

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
         (b)   is disallowed as a deduction under Section 404 of the
               Code,

         such contribution may be returned to the Employer within one year after
         the payment of the contribution or the disallowance of the deduction to
         the extent disallowed, whichever is applicable. In the event the Plan
         does not initially qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, any
         contribution of an Employer made hereunder may be returned to the
         Employer within one year of the date of denial of the initial
         qualification of the Plan, but only if an application for determination
         was made within the period of time prescribed under Section
         403(c)(2)(B) of ERISA.

         21.12 Validity of Plan

         The validity of the Plan shall be determined and the Plan shall be
         construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State or
         Commonwealth in which the Trustee has its principal place of business
         or, if the Trustee is an individual or group of individuals, the State
         or Commonwealth in which the Sponsor has its principal place of
         business, except as preempted by applicable Federal law. The invalidity
         or illegality of any provision of the Plan shall not affect the
         legality or validity of any other part thereof.

         21.13 Trust Agreement

         The Trust Agreement and the Trust maintained thereunder shall be deemed
         to be a part of the Plan as if fully set forth herein and the
         provisions of the Trust Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference
         into the Plan.

         21.14 Parties Bound

         The Plan shall be binding upon the Employers, all Participants and
         Beneficiaries hereunder, and, as the case may be, the heirs, executors,
         administrators, successors, and assigns of each of them.

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
         21.15 Application of Certain Plan Provisions

         A Participant's Beneficiary, if the Participant has died, or alternate
         payee under a qualified domestic relations order shall be treated as a
         Participant for purposes of directing investments as provided in
         Article X. For purposes of the general administrative provisions and
         limitations of the Plan, a Participant's Beneficiary or alternate payee
         under a qualified domestic relations order shall be treated as any
         other person entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. Upon any
         termination of the Plan, any such Beneficiary or alternate payee under
         a qualified domestic relations order who has an interest under the Plan
         at the time of such termination, which does not cease by reason
         thereof, shall be deemed to be a Participant for all purposes of the
         Plan.

         21.16 Leased Employees

         Any leased employee, other than an excludable leased employee, shall be
         treated as an employee of the Employer for which he performs services
         for all purposes of the Plan with respect to the provisions of Sections
         401(a)(3), (4), (7), and (16), and 408(k), 410, 411, 415, and 416 of
         the Code; provided, however, that no leased employee shall accrue a
         benefit hereunder based on service as a leased employee except as
         otherwise specifically provided in the Plan. A "leased employee" means
         any person who performs services for an Employer or a Related Company
         (the "recipient") (other than an employee of the recipient) pursuant to
         an agreement between the recipient and any other person (the "leasing
         organization") on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at
         least one year, provided that such services are of a type historically
         performed, in the business field of the recipient, by employees. An
         "excludable leased employee" means any leased employee of the recipient
         who is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the
         leasing organization which provides for (i) a nonintegrated employer
         contribution on behalf of each participant in the plan equal to at
         least ten percent of compensation, (ii) full and immediate vesting, and
         (iii) immediate participation by employees of the leasing organization
         (other than employees who perform substantially all of their services
         for the leasing organization or whose compensation from the leasing
         organization in each plan year

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
         during the four-year period ending with the plan year is less than
         $1,000); provided, however, that leased employees do not constitute
         more than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated work
         force. For purposes of this Section, contributions or benefits provided
         to a leased employee by the leasing organization that are attributable
         to services performed for the recipient shall be treated as provided by
         the recipient.

         21.17 Transferred Funds

         If funds from another qualified plan are transferred or merged into the
         Plan, such funds shall be held and administered in accordance with any
         restrictions applicable to them under such other plan to the extent
         required by law and shall be accounted for separately to the extent
         necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XXII
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

         22.1    Definitions

         For purposes of this Article, the following terms shall have the
         following meanings:

         (a)     The "compensation" of an employee means compensation as
                 defined in Section 415 of the Code and regulations issued
                 thereunder.  In no event, however, shall the compensation
                 of a Participant taken into account under the Plan for any
                 Plan Year exceed (1) $200,000 for Plan Years beginning
                 prior to January 1, 1994, or (2) $150,000 for Plan Years
                 beginning on or after January 1, 1994 (subject to
                 adjustment annually as provided in Section 401(a)(17)(B)
                 and Section 415(d) of the Code; provided, however, that
                 the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar
                 year, if any, is effective for Plan Years beginning in
                 such calendar year).  If the compensation of a Participant
                 is determined over a period of time that contains fewer
                 than 12 calendar months, then the annual compensation
                 limitation described above shall be adjusted with respect
                 to that Participant by multiplying the annual compensation
                 limitation in effect for the Plan Year by a fraction the
                 numerator of which is the number of full months in the
                 period and the denominator of which is 12; provided,
                 however, that no proration is required for a Participant
                 who is covered under the Plan for less than one full Plan Year
                 if the formula for allocations is based on Compensation for a
                 period of at least 12 months. In determining the compensation,
                 for purposes of applying the annual compensation limitation
                 described above, of a Participant who is a five-percent owner
                 or one of the ten Highly Compensated Employees receiving the
                 greatest compensation for the Plan Year, the compensation of
                 the Participant's spouse and of his lineal descendants who have
                 not attained age 19 as of the close of the Plan Year shall be
                 included as compensation of the Participant for the Plan Year.
                 If as a result of applying the family aggregation rule
                 described in the preceding sentence the

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
                annual compensation limitation would be exceeded, the limitation
                shall be prorated among the affected family members in
                proportion to each member's compensation as determined prior to
                application of the family aggregation rules.

         (b)    The "determination date" with respect to any Plan Year means the
                last day of the preceding Plan Year, except that the
                determination date with respect to the first Plan Year of the
                Plan, shall mean the last day of such Plan Year.

         (c)    A "key employee" means any Employee or former Employee who is a
                key employee pursuant to the provisions of Section 416(i)(1) of
                the Code and any Beneficiary of such Employee or former
                Employee.

         (d)    A "non-key employee" means any Employee who is not a key
                employee.

         (e)    A "permissive aggregation group" means those plans included in
                each Employer's required aggregation group together with any
                other plan or plans of the Employer, so long as the entire group
                of plans would continue to meet the requirements of Sections
                401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

         (f)    A "required aggregation group" means the group of tax-qualified
                plans maintained by an Employer or a Related Company consisting
                of each plan in which a key employee participates and each other
                plan that enables a plan in which a key employee participates to
                meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the
                Code, including any plan that terminated within the five-year
                period ending on the relevant determination date.

         (g)    A "super top-heavy group" with respect to a particular Plan Year
                means a required or permissive aggregation group that, as of the
                determination date, would qualify as a top-heavy group under the
                definition in paragraph (i) of this Section with 1190 percent"
                substituted for 1160 percent" each place where 1160 percent"
                appears in the definition.

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
          (h)    A "super top-heavy plan" with respect to a particular Plan Year
                 means a plan that, as of the determination date, would qualify
                 as a top-heavy plan under the definition in paragraph (j) of
                 this Section with 1190 percent" substituted for 1160 percent"
                 each place where 1160 percent" appears in the definition. A
                 plan is also a "super top-heavy plan" if it is part of a super
                 top-heavy group.

          (i)    A "top-heavy group" with respect to a particular Plan Year
                 means a required or permissive aggregation group if the
                 sum, as of the determination date, of the present value of
                 the cumulative accrued benefits for key employees under
                 all defined benefit plans included in such group and the
                 aggregate of the account balances of key employees under
                 all defined contribution plans included in such group
                 exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all
                 employees covered by the plans included in such group.

                 A "top-heavy plan" with respect to a particular Plan Year means
                 (i), in the case of a defined contribution plan (including any
                 simplified employee pension plan), a plan for which, as of the
                 determination date, the aggregate of the accounts (within the
                 meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code and the regulations and
                 rulings thereunder) of key employees exceeds 60 percent of the
                 aggregate of the accounts of all participants under the plan,
                 with the accounts valued as of the relevant valuation date and
                 increased for any distribution of an account balance made in
                 the five-year period ending on the determination date, (ii), in
                 the case of a defined benefit plan, a plan for which, as of the
                 determination date, the present value of the cumulative accrued
                 benefits payable under the plan (within the meaning of Section
                 416(g) of the Code and the regulations and rulings thereunder)
                 to key employees exceeds 60 percent of the present value of the
                 cumulative accrued benefits under the plan for all employees,
                 with the present value of accrued benefits to be determined
                 under the accrual method uniformly used under all plans
                 maintained by an Employer or, if no such method exists, under
                 the slowest accrual method permitted under the fractional
                 accrual rate of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code and including
                 the present value of any part of any

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
                 accrued benefits distributed in the five-year period ending on
                 the determination date, and (iii) any plan (including any
                 simplified employee pension plan) included in a required
                 aggregation group that is a top-heavy group. For purposes of
                 this paragraph, the accounts and accrued benefits of any
                 employee who has not performed services for an Employer or a
                 Related Company during the five-year period ending on the
                 determination date shall be disregarded. For purposes of this
                 paragraph, the present value of cumulative accrued benefits
                 under a defined benefit plan for purposes of top-heavy
                 determinations shall be calculated using the actuarial
                 assumptions otherwise employed under such plan, except that the
                 same actuarial assumptions shall be used for all plans within a
                 required or permissive aggregation group. A Participant's
                 interest in the Plan attributable to any Rollover
                 Contributions, except Rollover Contributions made from a plan
                 maintained by an Employer or a Related Company, shall not be
                 considered in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy.
                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a plan is included in a
                 required or permissive aggregation group that is not a
                 top-heavy group, such plan shall not be a top-heavy plan.

          (k)    The "valuation date" with respect to any determination date
                 means the most recent Valuation Date occurring within the
                 12-month period ending on the determination date.

          22.2   Applicability

          Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the
          provisions of this Article shall be applicable during any Plan Year in
          which the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan as hereinafter
          defined.

          22.3   Minimum Employer Contribution

          If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan, the Employer
          Contributions allocated to the Participant Account of each non-key
          employee who is an Eligible Employee and who is employed by an
          Employer or a Related Company on the last day of such top-heavy Plan
          Year shall be no less than the lesser of (i) three

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
         percent of his compensation or (ii) the largest percentage of
         compensation that is allocated as an Employer Contribution and/or
         Tax-Deferred Contribution for such Plan Year to the Participant Account
         of any key employee; except that, in the event the Plan is part of a
         required aggregation group, and the Plan enables a defined benefit plan
         included in such group to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or
         410 of the Code, the minimum allocation of Employer Contributions to
         each such non-key employee shall be three percent of the compensation
         of such non-key employee. In lieu of the minimum allocation described
         in the preceding sentence, the Employer Contributions allocated to the
         Participant Account of each non-key employee who is employed by an
         Employer or a Related Company on the last day of a top-heavy Plan Year
         and who is also covered under a top-heavy defined benefit plan
         maintained by an Employer or a Related Company will be no less than
         five percent of his compensation. Any minimum allocation to a non-key
         employee required by this Section shall be made without regard to any
         social security contribution made on behalf of the non-key employee,
         his number of hours of service, his level of compensation, or whether
         he declined to make elective or mandatory contributions.

         22.4   Adjustments to Section 415 Limitations

         If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan and an Employer
         maintains a defined benefit plan covering some or all of the Employees
         that are covered by the Plan, the defined benefit plan fraction and the
         defined contribution plan fraction, described in Article VII, shall be
         determined as provided in Section 415 of the Code by substituting
         111.011 for 111.2511 each place where 111.2511 appears, except that
         such substitutions shall not be applied to the Plan if (i) the Plan is
         not a super top-heavy plan, (ii) the Employer Contribution for such
         top-heavy Plan Year for each non-key employee who is to receive a
         minimum top-heavy benefit hereunder is not less than four percent of
         such non-key employee's compensation, and (iii) the minimum annual
         retirement benefit accrued by a non-key employee who participates under
         one or more defined benefit plans of an Employer or a Related Company
         for such top-heavy Plan Year is not less than the lesser of three
         percent times years of service with an Employer or a Related Company or
         thirty percent.

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
         22.5   Accelerated Vesting

         If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan, a Participant's
         vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account shall be
         determined no less rapidly than in accordance with the following
         vesting schedule:

              Years of Vesting Service         Vested Interest
              ------------------------         ---------------
                   less than 3                         0%
                   3 or more                        1000%

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XXIII
                                 EFFECTIVE DATE

         23.1  Effective Date of Amendment and Restatement 

         This amendment and restatement is effective as of July 1, 1997.


                              *          *         *
  
                          EXECUTED AT Olney, Maryland

                            this 1st day of July 1997


                                             SANDY SPRING BANCORP


                                             By: /s/ Hunter R. Hollar
                                                 --------------------
                                             Title: President

                                       80

<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit 10(b)
<PAGE>
 
                         DIRECTOR FEE DEFERRAL AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is made this day of            , 199   by and between 
Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland (the "Bank"), and             (the 
"Director").

                                  INTRODUCTION

         To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Bank's Board of
Directors, the Bank is willing to provide the Director an opportunity to defer
receipt of Directors' fees and to accumulate interest on the fees so deferred as
provided in this Agreement. Amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement are
unfunded, and the Bank will pay benefits from its general assets. Deferred fees
and interest on them are subject to substantial restrictions and limitations.

                                    AGREEMENT

         The Director and the Bank agree as follows:

                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

1.1      Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and
phrases shall have the meanings specified:

                  1.1.1 "Change in Control" means the transfer of 51% or more of
                  the Bank's outstanding voting common stock followed within
                  twenty-four months by termination of the Director's status as
                  a member of the Bank's Board of Directors.

                  1.1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
                  amended. References to a code section shall be deemed to be
                  that section as it now exists and to any successor provision.

                  1.1.3 "Election Form" means the form attached as Exhibit I.

                  1.1.4 "Fees" means the total Directors fees payable to the 
                        Director.

                  1.1.5 "Insurance Policy" means a single premium life insurance
                  policy which may be acquired by the Bank, in its sole
                  discretion, as the sole owner, on the life of the Director in
                  connection with this Agreement.

                  1.1.6 "Prime Rate" for a calendar year means the lowest Prime
                  Rate reported for the last business day before January 1 of
                  that year in the "Money Rates" column of the Wall Street
                                                               -----------
                  Journal, or, if such rate is not published or its definition
                  -------
                  of such rate in the Wall Street Journal is substantially
                                      -------------------
                  changed, such reasonably equivalent rate that the Board of
                  Directors of the Bank in its good faith discretion shall

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
                  establish.

                  1.1.7 "Termination of Service" means the Director's ceasing to
                  be a member of the Bank's Board of Directors (excluding
                  directors emeriti) for any reason whatsoever.

                                    Article 2
                                Deferral Election

         2.1 Initial Election. The Director shall make an initial deferral
election under this Agreement by filing with the Bank a signed Election Form
within 30 days after the date of this Agreement. The Election Form shall set
forth the amount of fees to be deferred and the form of benefit payment. The
Election Form shall be effective to defer only fees earned after the date the
Election Form is received by the Bank.

         2.2 Election Changes

             2.2.1 Generally. The Director may modify the amount of Fees to be
             deferred by filing with the Bank a signed Election Form. The
             Election shall set forth the amount of Fees to be deferred and the
             form of benefit payment. The modified deferral or form of benefit
             shall not be effective until the calendar year following the year
             in which the subsequent Election Form is received by the Bank. The
             Election Form shall be effective to defer only Fees earned after
             the date the Election Form is received by the Bank.
 
             2.2.2 Hardship. If an unforeseeable financial emergency arising
             from the death of a family member, divorce, sickness, injury,
             catastrophe or similar event outside the control of the Director
             occurs, the Director, by written instruction to the Bank may cease
             deferrals under this Agreement.

                                    Article 3
                                Deferral Account

         3.1 Establishing and Crediting. The Bank shall establish a Deferral
Account on its books for the Director, and shall credit to the Deferral Account
the following amounts:

             3.1.1 Deferrals. The Fees deferred by the Director as of the time
             the fees would have otherwise been paid to the Director.
 
             3.1.2 Interest. On the first day of each month and immediately
             prior to the payment of any benefits, interest on the account
             balance since the preceding credit under this Section 3.1.2, if
             any, at an annual rate, compounded monthly, equal to the Prime Rate
             for the calendar year for the period or periods for which such

                                       2
 
<PAGE>
 
             accrual is recorded.

         3.2 Statement of Accounts. The Bank shall provide to the Director,
within one-hundred and twenty days after each calendar year-end, a statement
setting forth the Deferral Account balance.

         3.3 Accounting Device Only. The Deferral Account is solely a device for
measuring amounts to be paid under this Agreement. The Deferral Account is not a
trust fund of any kind. The Director is a general unsecured creditor of the Bank
for the payment of benefits. The benefits represent the mere Bank promise to pay
such benefits. The Director's rights are not subject in any manner to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance,
attachment, or garnishment by the Director's creditors.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                Lifetime Benefits

         4.1 Normal Termination  Benefit.  Upon the Director's  Termination of 
Service,  the Bank shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this 
Section 4.1.

             4.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.1 is the
             Deferral Account balance at the Director's Termination of Service.
 
             4.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to the
             Director in the form elected by the Director on the Election Form.
             The Bank shall continue to credit interest under Section 3.1.2 on
             any unpaid balance of the benefit.

         4.2 Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control while the
Director is in the active service of the Bank, the Bank shall pay to the
Director the benefit described in this Section 4.2 in lieu of any other benefit
under this Agreement.

             4.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.2 is the
             Deferral Account balance at the date of the Director's termination
             of Service.
 
             4.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to the
             Director in a lump sum within ten calendar days after the
             Director's Termination of Service.

         4.3 Hardship Distribution. Upon the Bank's determination (following
petition by the Director) that the Director has suffered an unforeseeable
financial emergency as described in Section 2.2.2, the Bank shall distribute to
the Director all or a portion of the Deferral Account balance as determined by
the Bank, but in no event shall the distribution be greater than is necessary to
relieve the financial hardship as determined in by majority vote of the Board of
Directors of the Bank in its good faith discretion, with the Director
abstaining.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                    Article 5
                                 Death Benefits

         5.1 Death During Active  Service.  If the Director dies while in 
the active  service of the Bank, the Bank shall pay to the Director's 
beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 5.1.

             5.1.1 Insurance Policy in Effect. If the Director dies while the
             Insurance Policy is validly in effect, the benefit under Section
             5.1 is the greater of (a) the applicable Projected Benefit for the
             payment method in effect at death as shown on Exhibit II, or (b)
             payout of the Deferral Account balance at the date of the
             Director's death under the payment method in effect at death.
 
             5.1.2 Insurance Policy Not in Effect. If the Director dies while
             the Insurance Policy is not validly in effect, the benefit under
             Section 5.1 is the Deferral Account balance at the date of the
             Director's death.
 
             5.1.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to the
             beneficiary in the form elected by the Director on the Election
             Form and in effect at death. The Bank shall continue to credit
             interest under Section 3.1.2 on any unpaid balance of the benefit.
 
         5.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Director dies after benefit
payments have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such
payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's
beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid
to the Director had the Director survived. The benefits under this Section 5.2
shall be paid in lieu of any benefits payable in the event of death during
active service pursuant to Section 5.1.

                                    Article 6
                                  Beneficiaries

         6.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a
beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Director may
revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. Such
designation and modifications thereto may be made on a "Beneficiary Designation"
in the form shown on page 2 of Exhibit I that is properly completed and filed
with and accepted by the Bank. Designations will only be effective if signed by
the Director and accepted by the Bank during the Director's lifetime. The
Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the
beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as
beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies
without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the
Director's surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Director's surviving
children and the descendants of any deceased child by right of representation,
and if no children or descendants survive, to the Director's estate.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
         6.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a
person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the
disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the
guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such
minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of
incompetency, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to
distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the
Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

                                    Article 7
                               General Limitations

         Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the
Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement that is attributable to the
interest accrued on Director contributions:

         7.1 Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the benefit would be an
excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code.

         7.2 Suicide. If the Director commits suicide within two years after the
date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of
fact on any application for the Insurance Policy.

                                    Article 8
                          Claims and Review Procedures

         8.1 Claims Procedure. The Bank shall notify the Director's beneficiary
in writing, within ninety days of his or her written application for benefits,
of his or her eligibility or non-eligibility for benefits under the Agreement.
If the Bank determines that the beneficiary is not eligible for benefits or full
benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial,
(2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial
is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary
for the claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is
needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and
other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the beneficiary
wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special
circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall
notify the beneficiary of the special circumstances and the date by which a
decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional
ninety-day period.

         8.2 Review Procedure. If the beneficiary is determined by the Bank not
to be eligible for benefits, or if the beneficiary believes that he or she is
entitled to greater or different benefits, the beneficiary shall have the
opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for
review with the Bank within sixty days after receipt of the notice issued by the
Bank. Said petition shall state the specific reasons which the beneficiary
believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits.
Within sixty days after receipt by the Bank of the 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
petition, the Bank shall afford the beneficiary (and counsel, if any) an
opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank orally or in writing, and
the beneficiary (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent
documents. The Bank shall notify the beneficiary of its decision in writing
within the sixty-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision,
written in a manner calculated to be understood by the beneficiary and the
specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because
of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision
may be deferred for up to another sixty-day period at the election of the Bank,
but notice of this deferral shall be given to the beneficiary.

                                   Article 9
                          Amendments and Termination

         The Bank may amend or terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the
Director's Termination of Service by written notice to the Director. In no event
shall this Agreement be terminated without payment to the Director of the
Deferral Account balance attributable to the Director's deferrals and interest
credited on such amounts.

                                   Article 10
                                 Miscellaneous

         10.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the
Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and
transferees.

         10.2 No Guaranty of Employment or Election. This Agreement is not a
contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a
Director of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the shareholder's rights to
replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain a Director
nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.

         10.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

         10.4 Tax  Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are 
required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

         10.5 Applicable  Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall 
be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted
by the laws of the United States of America.

         10.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general
unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this
Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such
benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or
garnishment by creditors. The Insurance Policy and any other insurance on the
Director's life 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
in which the Bank has an interest is a general asset of the Bank to which
neither the Director nor any beneficiary has any preferred or secured claim of
any kind, and does not represent funding for the benefit under this Agreement.
Any representation or assertion contrary to this Section 10.6 is a material
breach of this Agreement by the representing or asserting party, which, if such
party is the Executive or, following his death, a beneficiary, shall immediately
result in the cessation of any and all payments and the elimination of any
liability hereunder for any payment not made prior to such assertion or
representation, and, if such party is the Bank, shall subject it to liability
for actual damages for such breach.

         10.7 Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank which shall acquire,
directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or
substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Bank officer
have signed this Agreement.


DIRECTOR                                SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK
                                               OF MARYLAND

                                        By
- ------------------------------------      -------------------------------------

                                        Title
                                             ----------------------------------

                                       7

<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit 10(c)
<PAGE>
 
                     SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND
                   SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT is made this 14th day of May, 1997 by and between Sandy
Spring National Bank of Maryland (the "Bank"), and Hunter R. Hollar (the
"Executive").

                                  INTRODUCTION

         To encourage the Executive to remain a senior officer of the Bank, the
Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The
Bank will pay the benefits from its general assets.

                                    AGREEMENT

         The Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

         1.1 Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words 
and phrases shall have the meanings specified:


             1.1.1 "Accrued Benefit" means the amount of liability for benefits
         to be paid under this Agreement recorded on the books of the Bank in
         accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and without
         reduction for any income tax benefit related thereto.
 
             1.1.2  "Benefit Percentage" means 70%.

             1.1.3  "Change in Control" means the earliest of:

                    a.     The acquisition by any entity, person or group (other
                           than the acquisition by a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
                           ("Bancorp") or the Bank) of beneficial ownership, as
                           that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
                           Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of more than 25% of
                           the outstanding capital stock of Bancorp or the Bank
                           entitled to vote for the election of directors
                           ("Voting Stock");

                    b.     The commencement by any entity, person, or group
                           (other than Bancorp or the Bank, a subsidiary of
                           Bancorp or the Bank, or a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
                           a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 20%
                           of the outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the
                           Bank;

                    c.     The effective time of (i) a merger or consolidation
                           of Bancorp or the Bank with one or more other
                           corporations as a result of which the holders of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank
                           immediately prior to such merger exercise voting
                           control over less than 80% of the Voting Stock of the
                           surviving or resulting corporation, or (ii) a
                           transfer of substantially all of the property of
                           Bancorp or the Bank other than to an entity of which
                           Bancorp or the Bank owns at least 80% of the Voting
                           Stock;

                    d.     Upon the acquisition by any entity, person, or group
                           of the control of the election of a majority of the
                           Bank's or Bancorp's directors;
 
                    e.     At such time that, during any period of two
                           consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
                           of such period constitute the Board of Bancorp or the
                           Bank (the "Continuing Directors") cease for any
                           reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof,
                           provided that any individual whose election or
                           nomination for election as a member of the Board was
                           approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
                           Continuing Directors then in office shall be
                           considered a Continuing Director. 

                  1.1.4 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
         amended. References to a Code section shall be deemed to be to that
         section as it now exists and to any successor provisions.

                  1.1.5 "Disability" means a physical or mental infirmity that
         impairs the Executive's ability to substantially perform his duties
         under this Agreement and that results in the Executive's becoming
         eligible for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability
         plan maintained for Bank employees (or, if the Bank has no such plan in
         effect, that impairs the Executive's ability to substantially perform
         his duties for a period of one-hundred and eighty consecutive days).
         The board of directors of the Bank shall determine whether or not the
         Executive is and continues to be permanently disabled for purposes of
         this Agreement in good faith, based upon competent medical advice and
         other factors that it reasonably believes to be relevant. As a
         condition to any benefits, the Bank may require the Executive to submit
         to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Bank's Board of
         Directors deems appropriate.

                  1.1.6 "Early Retirement Date" means the date on which the
         Executive has both (a) attained age sixty and (b) completed ten Years
         of Service.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                  1.1.7 "Final Average Pay" means the Executive's three-year
         average cash compensation, determined by adding (a) the total base
         salary paid to the Executive for the thirty-six months preceding the
         date of termination (or other date specified in this Agreement) divided
         by three, and (b) one-third of the total cash bonuses (including,
         without limitation, bonuses awarded under the Bank's Stakeholder
         Program and similar programs) awarded to the Executive during the three
         calendar years preceding the date of termination (or other date
         specified in this Agreement). Final Average Pay shall not be reduced
         for any pay reduction contributions (x) to cash or deferred
         arrangements under Section 401(k) of the Code, (y) to a cafeteria plan
         under Section 125 of the Code, or (z) to a nonqualified deferred
         compensation plan. Final Average Pay shall not be increased by any
         reimbursed expenses, credits, or benefits under any plan of deferred
         compensation to which the Bank contributes, or any additional cash
         compensation or compensation payable in a form other than cash.

                  1.1.8 "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the
         following without Executive's express written consent:

                        a.       A material  breach by Bancorp or the Bank 
                                 of their obligation under a binding
                                 employment agreement with the Executive;
                        b.       A material reduction in the Executives's
                                 responsibilities or authority, or a
                                 requirement that the Executive report to any
                                 person or group other than the board of
                                 directors of Bancorp and the Bank (or any
                                 other effective reduction in reporting
                                 responsibilities) in connection with his
                                 employment with Bancorp or the Bank;
                        c.       Assignment  to the Executive of duties of 
                                 a nonexecutive nature or duties for which he
                                 is not reasonably equipped by his skills and
                                 experience;
                        d.       Failure of the Executive to be elected or 
                                 reelected to the Board of Bancorp or the
                                 Bank;
                        e.       Any reduction in salary or material  
                                 reduction in benefits below the amounts to
                                 which he was entitled prior to a Change in
                                 Control;
                        f.       Termination of incentive and benefit plans,
                                 programs or arrangements, or reduction of
                                 the Executive's participation to such an
                                 extent as to materially reduce their
                                 aggregate value below their aggregate value
                                 immediately prior to a Change in Control.
                        g.       A requirement that the Executive  relocate 
                                 his principal business office or his
                                 principal place of residence outside
                                 Montgomery County, Maryland, or the
                                 assignment to the Executive of duties that
                                 would reasonably require such a relocation;
                        h.       A  requirement  that the Executive  spend 
                                 more than thirty normal working days away
                                 from Montgomery County, Maryland during any
                                 consecutive twelve-month period; or
                        i.       Failure to provide office facilities,
                                 secretarial services, and other
                                 administrative services to Executive that
                                 are substantially equivalent 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                 to the facilities and services provided to
                                 the Executive immediately prior to the
                                 Change in Control (excluding brief periods
                                 during which office facilities may be
                                 temporarily unavailable due to fire, natural
                                 disaster, or other calamity).

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing a reduction or elimination of
         the Executive's benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by
         Bancorp or the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or
         elimination of such plan or plans or benefits thereunder applicable to
         all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against the
         Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply
         with law) shall not constitute an event of Good Reason or a material
         breach of this Agreement, provided that benefits of the type or to the
         general extent as those offered under such plans prior to such
         reduction or elimination are not available to other officers of Bancorp
         or the Bank or any company that controls either of them under a plan or
         plans in or under which the Executive is not entitled to participate,
         and receive benefits, on a fair and nondiscriminatory basis. This
         provision shall not affect the rights of the Executive to enforce this
         Agreement.

                  A termination with Good Reason means a Termination of
         Employment by the Executive by written notice to the Bank, which notice
         may be immediately effective, given within ninety days of the event of
         Good Reason.

                  1.1.9 "Insurance Policy" means a single premium life insurance
         policy which may be acquired by the Bank, in its sole discretion, as
         sole owner, on the life of the Executive in connection with this
         Agreement.

                  1.1.10 "Just Cause" means, as determined in good faith by the
         Bank's board of directors, the Executive's:
                         a.      Personal dishonesty;
                         b.      Incompetence;
                         c.      Willful misconduct;
                         d.      Breach of fiduciary duty involving personal 
                                 profit;
                         e.      Intentional failure to perform duties under 
                                 this Agreement;
                         f.      Other,  continuing  material  failure to 
                                 perform his duties  after  reasonable 
                                 notification (which shall be stated in writing 
                                 and given at least fifteen days prior to 
                                 termination) by the board of directors of the 
                                 Bank of such failure;
                         g.      Willful   violation  of  any  law,  rule  or  
                                 regulation (other than traffic violations or
                                 similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist 
                                 order; or
                         h.      Material  breach by the  Executive  of any  
                                 provision of this Agreement or an Employment
                                 Agreement to which he and the Bank are parties.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                  1.1.11 "Normal Retirement Date" means the date on which the
         Executive has both (a) attained age sixty-five and (b) completed ten
         Years of Service.

                  1.1.12 "Termination of Employment" means the Executive's
         ceasing to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, voluntary
         or involuntary, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

                  1.1.13 "Years of Service" means the total number of
         twelve-month periods during which the Executive is employed on a
         full-time basis by the Bank prior to and after the date of this
         Agreement, inclusive of any approved leaves of absence.


                                    Article 2
                                Lifetime Benefits

         2.1      Normal  Retirement  Benefit.  If the  Executive  terminates  
     employment on or after the Normal Retirement Date for reasons other than
     death, the Bank shall pay the Executive the benefit described in this
     Section 2.1.

                  2.1.1.   Amount  of  Benefit.   The  benefit  under  this  
             Section 2.1 is one-twelfth of the Executive's Final Average Pay
             multiplied by the Benefit Percentage, which product is reduced by:

                           2.1.1.1 Social Security Benefits. One-half of the
                  amount of monthly unreduced primary (not family) retirement
                  benefits under the United States Social Security Act that the
                  Executive would be eligible for if application were made as of
                  the Executive's sixty-fifth birthday, assuming that the
                  Executive had earnings at or above the maximum contribution
                  and benefit base under Section 230 of the United States Social
                  Security Act for his working career; and

                           2.1.1.2 Bank's Qualified Pension Plan Benefits. The
                  straight life, monthly payment, annuity benefit the Executive
                  would be entitled to receive under the Bank's qualified
                  pension plan as of the Executive's Termination of Employment.

                           2.1.1.3 Prior Employer's Pension Plan Benefits. The
                  straight life, monthly payment, annuity benefit the Executive
                  would be entitled to receive as of the Executive's Termination
                  of Employment because of employment by any and all other banks
                  or companies prior to the Executive's full time employment by
                  the Bank under any and all qualified, defined benefit pension
                  plans maintained by any and all such other banks or companies.

                           2.1.1.4 Bank's Qualified 401(k) and Profit Sharing
                  Plan. The straight life, maximum monthly payment, fifteen-year
                  annuity that may be 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                  purchased at the date of Termination from an issuer rated
                  superior by A.M. Best (or, in the Bank's discretion, with an
                  equivalent rating from another rating organization of similar
                  reputation) for cash equal to the value of the Executive's
                  account at the date of Termination under the Bank's Cash and
                  Deferred Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (or any successor plan)
                  attributable to Bank contributions, including the earnings
                  thereon.

                  2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to
         the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month
         following the Termination of Employment and continuing until the later
         of the Executive's death or the payment of one-hundred and seventy-nine
         additional monthly payments.
 
         2.2.     Early Retirement Benefit. If the Executive terminates
     employment on or after the Early Retirement Date but before the Normal
     Retirement Date, and for reasons other than death or Disability, the Bank
     shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

                  2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is
         the amount of the Accrued Benefit at the date of such early retirement
         divided by one-hundred and eighty.

                  2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to
         the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month
         following the Executive's Termination of Employment and continuing
         until the later of the Executive's death or the payment of one-hundred
         and seventy-nine additional monthly payments.

         2.3      Disability Benefit. If the Executive's employment is
     terminated for Disability prior to the Normal Retirement Date, the Bank
     shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3.

                  2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is
         the amount of the Accrued Benefit at the date of such early retirement
         divided by one-hundred and eighty.

                  2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to
         the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month
         following the Executive's Termination of Employment and continuing
         until the later of the Executive's death or the payment of one-hundred
         and seventy-nine additional months.

         2.4      Change in Control Benefits. If within the period beginning six
     months prior to and ending two years after a Change in Control, (a) the
     Bank shall terminate the Executive's employment without Just Cause, or (b)
     the Executive shall terminate his employment with Good Reason, the Bank
     shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in
     lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                  2.4.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4
         is the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1 calculated as
         if the date of Termination of Employment were the Executive's Normal
         Retirement Date, or, if elected by the Executive pursuant to Section
         2.4.2.1, the Early Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.4.1
         calculated as if the date of Termination of Employment were the
         Executive's Early Retirement Date.

                  2.4.2    Payment of Benefits.

                           2.4.2.1 Approved Change in Control. If the Change in
                  Control was approved in advance by a majority of the
                  Continuing Directors, the Bank shall pay the benefit to the
                  Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the
                  month following the day on which: (i) the Executive attains
                  age sixty-five, or, if the Executive so elects in writing
                  within ten days of Termination of Employment, (ii) the
                  Executive attains age sixty, and, in either case, continuing
                  until the later of the Executive's death or the payment of
                  one-hundred and seventy-nine additional monthly payments.

                           2.4.2.2 Unapproved Change in Control. If the Change
                  in Control was not approved in advance by a majority of the
                  Continuing Directors, the Bank shall pay the benefit to the
                  Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the
                  month following the Termination of Employment and continuing
                  until the later of the Executive's death or one-hundred and
                  seventy-nine (179) additional monthly payments.

         2.5.     Vested Benefits following Other Terminations. Subject to
     Section 2.4, if (i) the Executive voluntarily terminates employment before
     the Early Retirement Date for reasons other than Death or Disability, or
     (ii) the Bank terminates the Executive's Employment without Just Cause, the
     Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefits described in this section.

                  2.5.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.5
         is the straight life, maximum monthly payment, fifteen-year annuity
         beginning on the first day of the month following the date on which (i)
         the Executive attains age sixty-five, or, if the Executive so elects in
         writing within ten days of Termination of Employment, (ii) the
         Executive attains age sixty, that may be purchased in the two months
         following the date of Termination from an issuer rated superior by A.M.
         Best (or, in the Bank's discretion, with an equivalent rating from
         another rating organization of similar reputation) for cash equal to
         the amount of the vested Accrued Benefit at the date of such
         termination.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                  2.5.2    Vested  Accrued  Benefit.  For purposes of this 
section 2.5,  only, the Accrued Benefit shall vest in accordance with the 
following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Years of                  Percentage of Accrued
            Service                  Benefit That Is Vested
          -----------                ----------------------
          <S>                        <C>
          less than 4                           0%
               4                               20%
               5                               25%
               6                               30%
               7                               35%
               8                               40%
               9                               45%
              10                               50%
              11                               60%
              12                               70%
              13                               80%
              14                               90%
              15                              100%
</TABLE>

                  2.5.3    Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the monthly
         benefit (or cause such benefit to be paid) to the Executive, or his
         beneficiary after the Executive's death, on the first day of each month
         commencing with the month following the month in which the Executive
         attains (i) age sixty-five, or if elected by the Executive pursuant to
         section 2.5.2. (ii) age sixty. The Bank may, in its sole discretion,
         purchase such an annuity for or transfer its ownership rights to the
         Executive in settlement of this obligation, in which case all of the
         Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall immediately terminate.
 
                                    Article 3
                                 Death Benefits

         3.1      Death During  Active  Service.  If the  Executive  dies while 
     in the active  service of the Bank, the Bank shall pay to the Executive's 
     beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

                  3.1.1    Insurance Policy in Effect. If the Executive dies
         while the Insurance Policy is validly in effect, the benefit under
         Section 3.1 is the greater of (i) the lifetime benefit that would have
         been paid to the Executive under Section 2.1 calculated as if the date
         of the Executive's death were the Normal Retirement Date, or (ii) the
         straight life, maximum monthly payment, fifteen-year annuity, for
         payments beginning the month following the Executive's death, that
         could be purchased from an issuer rated superior by A.M. Best (or, in
         the Bank's discretion, with an equivalent rating from another rating
         organization of similar reputation) for cash equal to three times the
         Executive's Final Average Pay.

                  3.1.2    Insurance Policy Not in Effect. If the Executive dies
         while the Insurance Policy is not validly in effect, the benefit under
         Section 3.1 is the Accrued Benefit at the date of the Executive's death
         divided by one-hundred and eighty.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                  3.1.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to
         the Beneficiary on the first day of each month commencing with the
         month following the Executive's death and continuing for one-hundred
         and seventy-nine additional months.

                                    Article 4
                                  Beneficiaries

         4.1      Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a
     beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive
     may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new
     designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the
     Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The
     Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked
     if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a
     spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the
     Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall
     be made to the Executive's surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the
     Executive's surviving children and to the descendants of any deceased child
     by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to
     the Executive's estate.

         4.2      Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a
     person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the
     disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the
     guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of
     such minor, incompetent person, or incapable person. The Bank may require
     proof of incompetency, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate
     prior to the distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall
     completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such
     benefit.

                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

         Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the
     Bank shall not pay any amount of any benefit under this Agreement:

         5.1      Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the amount of benefit
     would be an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, with
     consideration for any right of the Executive, under an employment agreement
     with the Bank or otherwise, to waive benefits hereunder or other payments
     in order to prevent an excess parachute payment.

         5.2      Termination for Cause.  If the Bank terminates the Executive's
     employment for Just Cause.

         5.3      Suicide. No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits
     suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the
     Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for
     the Insurance Policy.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                    Article 6
                          Claims and Review Procedures

         6.1      Claims Procedures. The Bank shall notify the Executive's
     beneficiary in writing, within ninety days of his or her written
     application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for
     benefits under the Agreement. If the Bank determines that the beneficiary
     is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth
     (a) the specific reasons for such denial, (b) a specific reference to the
     provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (c) a description
     of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to
     perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (d) an
     explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other
     appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the beneficiary
     wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are
     special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision
     regarding eligibility for benefits, the Bank shall notify the beneficiary
     of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected
     to be made, and may extend the time by which notice may be given of such
     decision for up to an additional ninety-day period.

         6.2      Review Procedure. If the beneficiary is determined by the Bank
     not to be eligible for benefits, or if the beneficiary believes that he or
     she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the beneficiary shall
     have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a
     petition for review with the Bank within sixty days after receipt of the
     notice issued by the Bank. Such petition shall state the specific reasons
     that the beneficiary believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater
     or different benefits. Within sixty days after receipt by the Bank of the
     petition, the Bank shall afford the beneficiary (and counsel, if any) an
     opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank orally or in
     writing, and the beneficiary (or counsel) shall have the right to review
     the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify the beneficiary of its
     decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating specifically the
     basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by
     the beneficiary, and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the
     decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day
     period is not sufficient, notice of such decision may be deferred for up to
     another sixty-day period at the election of the Bank, but notice of this
     deferral shall be given to the beneficiary.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                                    Article 7
                           Amendments and Termination

         This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement
signed by the Bank and the Executive.

                                    Article 8
                                  Miscellaneous

         8.1      Binding Effect.  This Agreement  shall bind the Executive and
     the Bank, and their  beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, 
     and transferees.

         8.2      No Guaranty of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment
     policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an
     employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to
     discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain
     an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate
     employment at any time.
 
         8.3      Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be
     sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any
     manner.

         8.4      Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are
     required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
 
         8.5      Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall
     be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent
     preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
 
         8.6      Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are
     general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under
     this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay
     such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to
     anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance,
     attachment, or garnishment by creditors. The Insurance Policy and any other
     insurance on the Executive's life in which the Bank has an interest is a
     general asset of the Bank to which neither the Executive nor any
     beneficiary has any preferred or secured claim of any kind, and does not
     represent funding for the benefit under this Agreement. Any representation
     or assertion contrary to this section 8.6 is a material breach of this
     Agreement by the representing or asserting party, which, if such party is
     the Executive or, following his death, a beneficiary, shall immediately
     result in the cessation of any and all payments and the elimination of any
     liability hereunder for any payment not made prior to such assertion or
     representation, and, if such party is the Bank, shall subject it to
     liability for actual damages for such breach.
 
         8.7      Non-Competition Provisions. Regardless of anything herein to
     the contrary, except in the case of a Termination of Employment by the Bank
     without Just Cause, a Termination of

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
     Employment by the Executive with Good Reason, or with the permission of the
     Bank, during the two years immediately following the Executive's
     Termination of Employment, the Executive shall not serve as an officer or
     director or employee of any bank holding company, bank, savings
     association, savings and loan holding company, or mortgage company (any of
     which, a "Financial Institution") which Financial Institution offers
     products or services competing with those offered by the Bank from offices
     in any county in the State of Maryland or of any other State in which the
     Bank or any of its affiliates has a branch, and shall not interfere with
     the relationship of the Bank and any of its employees, agents, or
     representatives. In the event of any breach by the Executive of this
     Covenant Not to Compete, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall direct
     that any unpaid balance of any payments to the Executive under this
     Agreement be suspended, and shall thereupon notify the Executive of such
     suspension, in writing. Thereupon, if the Board of Directors of the Bank
     shall determine that such breach by the executive exists at any time after
     a period of one month following notification of the such suspension, all
     rights of the Executive and his beneficiary under this agreement, including
     rights to any and all further payments hereunder, shall thereupon
     terminate.
 
         8.8      Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
     be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank which shall
     acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or
     otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank.
 

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer
     have signed this Agreement.


     EXECUTIVE                                 SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF
                                                          MARYLAND
 
     /s/ Hunter R. Hollar                 By:/s/ W. Drew Stabler
     --------------------                    -------------------
                                          Title: Chairman of the Board
                                                 ---------------------

                                       12

<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit 10(d)

                                       1
<PAGE>

                     SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND
                   SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is made this 14th day of May, 1997 by and between Sandy
Spring National Bank of Maryland (the "Bank"), and           (the "Executive").

                                  INTRODUCTION

         To encourage the Executive to remain a senior officer of the Bank, the
Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The
Bank will pay the benefits from its general assets.

                                    AGREEMENT

         The Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

         1.1      Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement, the following
words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:


                  1.1.1 "Accrued Benefit" means the amount of liability for
         benefits to be paid under this Agreement recorded on the books of the
         Bank in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and
         without reduction for any income tax benefit related thereto.

                  1.1.2    "Benefit Percentage" means 65%.

                  1.1.3    "Change in Control" means the earliest of:

                           i.    The acquisition by any entity, person or group
                                 (other than the acquisition by a tax-qualified
                                 retirement plan sponsored by Sandy Spring
                                 Bancorp, Inc. ("Bancorp") or the Bank) of
                                 beneficial ownership, as that term is defined
                                 in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act
                                 of 1934, of more than 25% of the outstanding
                                 capital stock of Bancorp or the Bank entitled
                                 to vote for the election of directors ("Voting
                                 Stock");

                           j.    The commencement by any entity, person, or
                                 group (other than Bancorp or the Bank, a
                                 subsidiary of Bancorp or the Bank, or a tax-
                                 qualified retirement plan sponsored by Bancorp
                                 or the Bank)

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
                                 of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more
                                 than 20% of the outstanding Voting Stock of
                                 Bancorp or the Bank;

                           k.    The effective time of (i) a merger or
                                 consolidation of Bancorp or the Bank with one
                                 or more other corporations as a result of which
                                 the holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of
                                 Bancorp or the Bank immediately prior to such
                                 merger exercise voting control over less than
                                 80% of the Voting Stock of the surviving or
                                 resulting corporation, or (ii) a transfer of
                                 substantially all of the property of Bancorp or
                                 the Bank other than to an entity of which
                                 Bancorp or the Bank owns at least 80% of the
                                 Voting Stock;

                           l.    Upon the acquisition by any entity, person, or
                                 group of the control of the election of a
                                 majority of the Bank's or Bancorp's directors;

                           m.    At such time that, during any period of two
                                 consecutive years, individuals who at the
                                 beginning of such period constitute the Board
                                 of Bancorp or the Bank (the "Continuing
                                 Directors") cease for any reason to constitute
                                 at least two-thirds thereof, provided that any
                                 individual whose election or nomination for
                                 election as a member of the Board was approved
                                 by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
                                 Continuing Directors then in office shall be
                                 considered a Continuing Director.

                  1.1.4 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
         amended. References to a Code section shall be deemed to be to that
         section as it now exists and to any successor provisions.

                  1.1.5 "Disability" means a physical or mental infirmity that
         impairs the Executive's ability to substantially perform his duties
         under this Agreement and that results in the Executive's becoming
         eligible for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability
         plan maintained for Bank employees (or, if the Bank has no such plan in
         effect, that impairs the Executive's ability to substantially perform
         his duties for a period of one-hundred and eighty consecutive days).
         The board of directors of the Bank shall determine whether or not the
         Executive is and continues to be permanently disabled for purposes of
         this Agreement in good faith, based upon competent medical advice and
         other factors that it reasonably believes to be relevant. As a
         condition to any benefits, the Bank may require the Executive to submit
         to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Bank's Board of
         Directors deems appropriate.

                  1.1.6 "Early Retirement Date" means the date on which the
         Executive has both (a) attained age sixty and (b) completed ten Years
         of Service.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                  1.1.7 "Final Average Pay" means the Executive's three-year
         average cash compensation, determined by adding (a) the total base
         salary paid to the Executive for the thirty-six months preceding the
         date of termination (or other date specified in this Agreement) divided
         by three, and (b) one-third of the total cash bonuses (including,
         without limitation, bonuses awarded under the Bank's Stakeholder
         Program and similar programs) awarded to the Executive during the three
         calendar years preceding the date of termination (or other date
         specified in this Agreement). Final Average Pay shall not be reduced
         for any pay reduction contributions (x) to cash or deferred
         arrangements under Section 401(k) of the Code, (y) to a cafeteria plan
         under Section 125 of the Code, or (z) to a nonqualified deferred
         compensation plan. Final Average Pay shall not be increased by any
         reimbursed expenses, credits, or benefits under any plan of deferred
         compensation to which the Bank contributes, or any additional cash
         compensation or compensation payable in a form other than cash.

                  1.1.8 "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the
         following without Executive's express written consent:

                        a.    A material breach by Bancorp or the Bank of their
                              obligation under a binding employment agreement
                              with the Executive;
                        b.    A material reduction in the Executives's
                              responsibilities or authority, or a requirement
                              that the Executive report to any person or group
                              other than the board of directors of Bancorp and
                              the Bank (or any other effective reduction in
                              reporting responsibilities) in connection with his
                              employment with Bancorp or the Bank;
                        c.    Assignment to the Executive of duties of a
                              nonexecutive nature or duties for which he is not
                              reasonably equipped by his skills and experience;
                        d.    Any reduction in salary or material reduction in
                              benefits below the amounts to which he was
                              entitled prior to a Change in Control;
                        e.    Termination of incentive and benefit plans,
                              programs or arrangements, or reduction of the
                              Executive's participation to such an extent as to
                              materially reduce their aggregate value below
                              their aggregate value immediately prior to a
                              Change in Control.
                        f.    A requirement that the Executive relocate his
                              principal business office or his principal place
                              of residence outside Montgomery County, Maryland,
                              or the assignment to the Executive of duties that
                              would reasonably require such a relocation;
                        g.    A requirement that the Executive spend more than
                              thirty normal working days away from Montgomery
                              County, Maryland during any consecutive twelve-
                              month period; or
                        h.    Failure to provide office facilities, secretarial
                              services, and other administrative services to
                              Executive that are substantially equivalent to the
                              facilities and services provided to the Executive
                              immediately prior to the Change in Control
                              (excluding brief

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                              periods during which office facilities may be
                              temporarily unavailable due to fire, natural
                              disaster, or other calamity).

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) a reduction or elimination
         of the Executive's benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained
         by Bancorp or the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or
         elimination of such plan or plans or benefits thereunder applicable to
         all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against the
         Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply
         with law) shall not constitute an event of Good Reason or a material
         breach of this Agreement, provided that benefits of the type or to the
         general extent as those offered under such plans prior to such
         reduction or elimination are not available to other officers of Bancorp
         or the Bank or any company that controls either of them under a plan or
         plans in or under which the Executive is not entitled to participate,
         and receive benefits, on a fair and nondiscriminatory basis; and (ii) a
         requirement that the Executive report to and be subject to the
         direction or supervision of a senior officer of Bancorp or the Bank
         other than the President and Chief Executive shall not constitute an
         event of Good Reason or a material breach of this Agreement. This
         provision shall not affect the rights of the Executive to enforce this
         Agreement.

                  A termination with Good Reason means a Termination of
         Employment by the Executive by written notice to the Bank, which notice
         may be immediately effective, given within ninety days of the event of
         Good Reason.

                  1.1.9 "Insurance Policy" means a single premium life insurance
         policy which may be acquired by the Bank, in its sole discretion, as
         sole owner, on the life of the Executive in connection with this
         Agreement.

                  1.1.10 "Just Cause" means, as determined in good faith by the
         Bank's board of directors, the Executive's:
                         a.    Personal dishonesty;
                         b.    Incompetence;
                         c.    Willful misconduct;
                         d.    Breach of fiduciary duty involving personal 
                               profit;
                         e.    Intentional failure to perform duties under this 
                               Agreement;
                         f.    Other, continuing material failure to perform his
                               duties after reasonable notification (which shall
                               be stated in writing and given at least fifteen
                               days prior to termination) by the board of
                               directors of the Bank of such failure;
                         g.    Willful violation of any law, rule or regulation
                               (other than traffic violations or similar
                               offenses) or final cease-and-desist order; or
                         h.    Material breach by the Executive of any provision
                               of this Agreement or an Employment Agreement to
                               which he and the Bank are parties.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                  1.1.11 "Normal Retirement Date" means the date on which the
         Executive has both (a) attained age sixty-five and (b) completed ten
         Years of Service.

                  1.1.12 "Termination of Employment" means the Executive's
         ceasing to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, voluntary
         or involuntary, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

                  1.1.13 "Years of Service" means the total number of
         twelve-month periods during which the Executive is employed on a
         full-time basis by the Bank prior to and after the date of this
         Agreement, inclusive of any approved leaves of absence.


                                    Article 2
                                Lifetime Benefits

         2.1      Normal Retirement Benefit. If the Executive terminates
employment on or after the Normal Retirement Date for reasons other than death,
the Bank shall pay the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1.

                  2.1.1.   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.1
         is one-twelfth of the Executive's Final Average Pay multiplied by the
         Benefit Percentage, which product is reduced by:

                           2.1.1.1 Social Security Benefits. One-half of the
                  amount of monthly unreduced primary (not family) retirement
                  benefits under the United States Social Security Act that the
                  Executive would be eligible for if application were made as of
                  the Executive's sixty-fifth birthday, assuming that the
                  Executive had earnings at or above the maximum contribution
                  and benefit base under Section 230 of the United States Social
                  Security Act for his working career; and

                           2.1.1.2 Bank's Qualified Pension Plan Benefits. The
                  straight life, monthly payment, annuity benefit the Executive
                  would be entitled to receive under the Bank's qualified
                  pension plan as of the Executive's Termination of Employment.

                           2.1.1.3 Prior Employer's Pension Plan Benefits. The
                  straight life, monthly payment, annuity benefit the Executive
                  would be entitled to receive as of the Executive's Termination
                  of Employment because of employment by any and all other banks
                  or companies prior to the Executive's full time employment by
                  the Bank under any and all qualified, defined benefit pension
                  plans maintained by any and all such other banks or companies.

                           2.1.1.4 Bank's Qualified 401(k) and Profit Sharing
                  Plan. The straight life, maximum monthly payment, fifteen-year
                  annuity that may be purchased at the date of Termination from
                  an issuer rated superior by A.M. Best (or, in the Bank's
                  discretion, with an equivalent rating 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                  from another rating organization of similar reputation) for
                  cash equal to the value of the Executive's account at the date
                  of Termination under the Bank's Cash and Deferred Profit
                  Sharing Plan and Trust (or any successor plan) attributable to
                  Bank contributions, including the earnings thereon.

                  2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to
         the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month
         following the Termination of Employment and continuing until the later
         of the Executive's death or the payment of one-hundred and seventy-nine
         additional monthly payments.

         2.2.     Early Retirement Benefit. If the Executive terminates
employment on or after the Early Retirement Date but before the Normal
Retirement Date, and for reasons other than death or Disability, the Bank shall
pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

                  2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is
         the amount of the Accrued Benefit at the date of such early retirement
         divided by one-hundred and eighty.

                  2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to
         the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month
         following the Executive's Termination of Employment and continuing
         until the later of the Executive's death or the payment of one-hundred
         and seventy-nine additional monthly payments.

         2.3      Disability Benefit.  If the Executive's employment is
terminated for Disability prior to the Normal Retirement Date, the Bank shall
pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3.

                  2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is
         the amount of the Accrued Benefit at the date of such early retirement
         divided by one-hundred and eighty.

                  2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to
         the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month
         following the Executive's Termination of Employment and continuing
         until the later of the Executive's death or the payment of one-hundred
         and seventy-nine additional months.

         2.4      Change in Control Benefits. If within the period beginning six
months prior to and ending two years after a Change in Control, (a) the Bank
shall terminate the Executive's employment without Just Cause, or (b) the
Executive shall terminate his employment with Good Reason, the Bank shall pay to
the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other
benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is
         the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1 calculated as if
         the date of Termination of 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
         Employment were the Executive's Normal Retirement Date, or, if elected
         by the Executive pursuant to Section 2.4.2.1, the Early Retirement
         Benefit described in Section 2.4.1 calculated as if the date of
         Termination of Employment were the Executive's Early Retirement Date.

                  2.4.2    Payment of Benefits.

                           2.4.2.1 Approved Change in Control. If the Change in
                  Control was approved in advance by a majority of the
                  Continuing Directors, the Bank shall pay the benefit to the
                  Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the
                  month following the day on which: (i) the Executive attains
                  age sixty-five, or, if the Executive so elects in writing
                  within ten days of Termination of Employment, (ii) the
                  Executive attains age sixty, and, in either case, continuing
                  until the later of the Executive's death or the payment of
                  one-hundred and seventy-nine additional monthly payments.

                           2.4.2.2 Unapproved Change in Control. If the Change
                  in Control was not approved in advance by a majority of the
                  Continuing Directors, the Bank shall pay the benefit to the
                  Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the
                  month following the Termination of Employment and continuing
                  until the later of the Executive's death or one-hundred and
                  seventy-nine (179) additional monthly payments.

         2.5.     Vested Benefits following Other Terminations. Subject to
Section 2.4, if (i) the Executive voluntarily terminates employment before the
Early Retirement Date for reasons other than Death or Disability, or (ii) the
Bank terminates the Executive's Employment without Just Cause, the Bank shall
pay to the Executive the benefits described in this section.

                  2.5.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.5
is the straight life, maximum monthly payment, fifteen-year annuity beginning on
the first day of the month following the date on which (i) the Executive attains
age sixty-five, or, if the Executive so elects in writing within ten days of
Termination of Employment, (ii) the Executive attains age sixty, that may be
purchased in the two months following the date of Termination from an issuer
rated superior by A.M. Best (or, in the Bank's discretion, with an equivalent
rating from another rating organization of similar reputation) for cash equal to
the amount of the vested Accrued Benefit at the date of such termination.

                                        7
<PAGE>
 
                  2.5.2 Vested Accrued Benefit.  For purposes of this section 
2.5,  only, the Accrued Benefit shall vest in accordance with the 
following schedule:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Years of                 Percentage of Accrued
                    Service                  Benefit That Is Vested
                    -------                  ---------------------- 
                  <S>                        <C>
                  less than 4                          0%
                       4                              20%
                       5                              25%
                       6                              30%
                       7                              35%
                       8                              40%
                       9                              45%
                      10                              50%
                      11                              60%
                      12                              70%
                      13                              80%
                      14                              90%
                      15                             100%
</TABLE>

                  2.5.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the monthly
benefit (or cause such benefit to be paid) to the Executive, or his beneficiary
after the Executive's death, on the first day of each month commencing with the
month following the month in which the Executive attains (i) age sixty-five, or
if elected by the Executive pursuant to section 2.5.2. (ii) age sixty. The Bank
may, in its sole discretion, purchase such an annuity for or transfer its
ownership rights to the Executive in settlement of this obligation, in which
case all of the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall immediately
terminate.

                                    Article 3
                                 Death Benefits

         3.1      Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in
the active service of the Bank, the Bank shall pay to the Executive's
beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

                  3.1.1 Insurance Policy in Effect. If the Executive dies while
         the Insurance Policy is validly in effect, the benefit under Section
         3.1 is the greater of (i) the lifetime benefit that would have been
         paid to the Executive under Section 2.1 calculated as if the date of
         the Executive's death were the Normal Retirement Date, or (ii) the
         straight life, maximum monthly payment, fifteen-year annuity, for
         payments beginning the month following the Executive's death, that
         could be purchased from an issuer rated superior by A.M. Best (or, in
         the Bank's discretion, with an equivalent rating from another rating
         organization of similar reputation) for cash equal to three times the
         Executive's Final Average Pay.

                  3.1.2 Insurance Policy Not in Effect. If the Executive dies
         while the Insurance Policy is not validly in effect, the benefit under
         Section 3.1 is the Accrued Benefit at the date of the Executive's death
         divided by one-hundred and eighty.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
             3.1.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit to the
         Beneficiary on the first day of each month commencing with the month
         following the Executive's death and continuing for one-hundred and
         seventy-nine additional months.

                                    Article 4
                                  Beneficiaries

         4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a
beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may
revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation.
However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and
accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's
beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary
predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and
the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid
beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's surviving
spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive's surviving children and to the
descendants of any deceased child by right of representation, and if no children
or descendants survive, to the Executive's estate.

         4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a
person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the
disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the
guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such
minor, incompetent person, or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of
incompetency, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to the
distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the
Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

         Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the
Bank shall not pay any amount of any benefit under this Agreement:

         5.1 Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the amount of benefit would
be an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, with
consideration for any right of the Executive, under an employment agreement with
the Bank or otherwise, to waive benefits hereunder or other payments in order to
prevent an excess parachute payment.

         5.2 Termination for Cause.  If the Bank terminates the Executive's
employment for Just Cause.

         5.3 Suicide. No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits
suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive
has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for the Insurance
Policy.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                    Article 6
                          Claims and Review Procedures

         6.1 Claims Procedures. The Bank shall notify the Executive's
beneficiary in writing, within ninety days of his or her written application for
benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the
Agreement. If the Bank determines that the beneficiary is not eligible for
benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (a) the specific reasons
for such denial, (b) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on
which the denial is based, (c) a description of any additional information or
material necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a
description of why it is needed, and (d) an explanation of the Agreement's
claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be
taken if the beneficiary wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank
determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to
make a decision regarding eligibility for benefits, the Bank shall notify the
beneficiary of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is
expected to be made, and may extend the time by which notice may be given of
such decision for up to an additional ninety-day period.

         6.2 Review Procedure. If the beneficiary is determined by the Bank not
to be eligible for benefits, or if the beneficiary believes that he or she is
entitled to greater or different benefits, the beneficiary shall have the
opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for
review with the Bank within sixty days after receipt of the notice issued by the
Bank. Such petition shall state the specific reasons that the beneficiary
believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits.
Within sixty days after receipt by the Bank of the petition, the Bank shall
afford the beneficiary (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or
her position to the Bank orally or in writing, and the beneficiary (or counsel)
shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify
the beneficiary of its decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating
specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated to be
understood by the beneficiary, and the specific provisions of the Agreement on
which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the
sixty-day period is not sufficient, notice of such decision may be deferred for
up to another sixty-day period at the election of the Bank, but notice of this
deferral shall be given to the beneficiary.

                                    Article 7
                           Amendments and Termination

         This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement
signed by the Bank and the Executive.

                                    Article 8
                                  Miscellaneous

         8.1 Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the
Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and
transferees.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
         8.2 No Guaranty of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment
policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an
employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge
the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor
interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

         8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

         8.4 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are
required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

         8.5 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by
the laws of the United States of America.

         8.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general
unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this
Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such
benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or
garnishment by creditors. The Insurance Policy and any other insurance on the
Executive's life in which the Bank has an interest is a general asset of the
Bank to which neither the Executive nor any beneficiary has any preferred or
secured claim of any kind, and does not represent funding for the benefit under
this Agreement. Any representation or assertion contrary to this section 8.6 is
a material breach of this Agreement by the representing or asserting party,
which, if such party is the Executive or, following his death, a beneficiary,
shall immediately result in the cessation of any and all payments and the
elimination of any liability hereunder for any payment not made prior to such
assertion or representation, and, if such party is the Bank, shall subject it to
liability for actual damages for such breach.

         8.7 Non-Competition Provisions. Regardless of anything herein to the
contrary, except in the case of a Termination of Employment by the Bank without
Just Cause, a Termination of Employment by the Executive with Good Reason, or
with the permission of the Bank, during the two years immediately following the
Executive's Termination of Employment, the Executive shall not serve as an
officer or director or employee of any bank holding company, bank, savings
association, savings and loan holding company, or mortgage company (any of
which, a "Financial Institution") which Financial Institution offers products or
services competing with those offered by the Bank from offices in any county in
the State of Maryland or of any other State in which the Bank or any of its
affiliates has a branch, and shall not interfere with the relationship of the
Bank and any of its employees, agents, or representatives. In the event of any
breach by the Executive of this Covenant Not to Compete, the Board of Directors
of the Bank shall direct that any unpaid balance of any payments to the
Executive under this Agreement be suspended, and shall thereupon notify the
Executive of such suspension, in writing. Thereupon, if the Board of Directors
of the Bank shall determine that such breach by the 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
executive exists at any time after a period of one month following notification
of the such suspension, all rights of the Executive and his beneficiary under
this agreement, including rights to any and all further payments hereunder,
shall thereupon terminate.

         8.8 Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank which shall acquire,
directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or
substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer
have signed this Agreement.



EXECUTIVE                            SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND

                                     By:
- ------------------------                -------------------------------------
                                     Title: 
                                            ---------------------------------

                                       12

<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit 10(e)
<PAGE>
 
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

         THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), made this 30th day of January 1997,
by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., a registered bank holding company
("Bancorp"), Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland, a national banking
association and wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp with its main office in
Olney, Maryland (the "Bank"), and Hunter R. Hollar (the "Officer").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Officer is employed as the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Bank and Bancorp, subject to a certain Employment Agreement made
December 1, 1990 (as amended, the "1990 Agreement").

         WHEREAS, as a result of the skill, knowledge, and experience of the
Officer, the Board of Directors ("Board") of the Bank desires to retain the
services of the Officer as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Bank, and the Board of Bancorp desires to retain the services of the Officer as
the President and Chief Executive Officer of Bancorp.

         WHEREAS, the Officer desires to continue to serve as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Bancorp and the Bank.

         WHEREAS, the Officer and the respective Boards of the Bank and Bancorp
desire to enter into a new Agreement setting forth the terms of conditions of
the continuing employment of the Officer and the related rights and obligations
of each of the parties.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1.       Employment. The Officer is employed as the President and Chief
         ----------
Executive Officer of Bancorp and of the Bank, reporting directly to their
respective Boards. Subject to Board direction, the Officer shall have
responsibility for the general management and control of the business and
affairs of Bancorp, the Bank, and their respective subsidiaries, and shall
perform all duties and shall have all powers which are commonly incident to the
offices of President and Chief Executive Officer or which, consistent with those
offices, are delegated to him by the respective Board. The Officer's duties
include, but are not limited to:

         a.       Making recommendations to the Boards concerning the
                  strategies, capital structure, tactics, and general operations
                  of Bancorp and the Bank;

         b.       Managing the day-to-day operations of Bancorp and the Bank;

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
         c.       Supervising other officers and employees of Bancorp and the 
                  Bank;

         d.       Promoting Bancorp and the Bank and their services;

         e.       Managing the efforts of Bancorp and the Bank to comply with 
                  applicable laws and regulations; and

         f.       Providing complete, timely, and accurate reports to the Boards
                  of Bancorp and the Bank regarding the material affairs and the
                  condition of Bancorp and the Bank, respectively.

2.       Location and Facilities. The Officer will be furnished with the working
         -----------------------
facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the title and duties
set forth in Section 1 and as are necessary for him to perform his duties. The
location of such facilities and staff shall be at the principal administrative
offices of Bancorp and the Bank, or at such other site or sites customary for
such offices.

3.       Term; The 1990 Agreement.
         ------------------------

         a.       The term of this Agreement shall be (i) the initial term,
                  consisting of the period commencing on the date of this
                  Agreement (the "Effective Date") and ending immediately prior
                  to the third anniversary of the Effective Date, plus (ii) any
                  and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this
                  Section 3.

         b.       On each anniversary of the Effective Date prior to a
                  termination of the Agreement, the term under this Agreement
                  shall be extended for an additional one-year period beyond the
                  then effective expiration date without action by any party,
                  provided that neither Bancorp or the Bank, on the one hand,
                  nor the Officer, on the other, shall have given written notice
                  at least sixty (60) days prior to such anniversary date of its
                  or his desire that the term not be extended. The Boards of
                  Bancorp and the Bank will review the Officer's performance and
                  the advisability of extending the term of this Agreement at a
                  meeting or meetings at least ninety (90) days prior to each
                  anniversary date.

         c.       At the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede the 1990
                  Agreement, which shall be deemed terminated by agreement of
                  the parties immediately prior to the Effective Date.

4.       Base Compensation.
         -----------------

         a.       Bancorp and the Bank agree to pay the Officer during the term
                  of this Agreement a salary at the rate of $190,000 per annum,
                  payable in cash not less frequently than monthly, as may be
                  adjusted in accordance with this Section 4.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
         b.       The Human Resources Committee of the Bank (the "Committee") 
                  shall perform an annual analysis of the Officer's performance
                  and of the compensation of chief executive officers of
                  independent financial institutions of comparable assets and
                  performance, and based thereon and on such other factors as it
                  deems pertinent, shall recommend to the Boards of Bancorp and
                  the Bank the salary rate to be paid beginning on the next
                  April 1 following such review. The Boards of Bancorp and the
                  Bank shall review annually the rate of the Officer's salary
                  based upon this recommendation of the Committee and other
                  factors they deem relevant, and may maintain, increase or
                  decrease his salary, provided that no such action shall (i)
                  reduce the rate of salary below $190,000, or (ii) reduce the
                  rate of salary paid to the Officer for any months prior to the
                  month in which notice of the reduction is provided in writing
                  to the Officer.

         c.       In the absence of action by the Board of both Bancorp and the
                  Bank, the Officer shall continue to receive salary at the
                  $190,000 per annum rate specified herein or, if another rate
                  has been established under the provisions of this Section 4,
                  the rate last properly established by action of the Board of
                  Bancorp or the Bank under the provisions of this Section 4.

5.       Bonuses. Unless the Officer agrees otherwise, he shall be entitled to
         -------
participate in discretionary bonuses that the Board may award from time to time
to senior management employees pursuant to bonus plans or otherwise. The Officer
also shall participate in any other fringe benefits which are or may become
available to senior management employees of Bancorp or the Bank, including for
example: any stock option or incentive compensation plans, club memberships, and
any other benefits that are commensurate with the responsibilities and functions
to be performed by the Officer under this Agreement. No other compensation
provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the Officer's
right to participate in such discretionary bonuses or fringe benefits.

6.       Benefit Plans. The Officer shall be entitled to participate in such
         -------------
life insurance, medical, dental, pension, profit sharing, and retirement plans
and other programs and arrangements as may be approved from time to time by
Bancorp or the Bank for the benefit of their respective employees. In addition,
the Officer shall be entitled to continued participation in the nonstatutory
supplemental retirement plan or arrangement ("SERP") in effect for the Officer
at the Effective Date or a similar plan or arrangement established for him that
provides benefits of the same character and that are at least as favorable (in
terms of vesting, payments in relation to salary or compensation, and otherwise)
to the Officer as the current SERP. The Officer also shall be entitled to
participate in the Executive Health Expense Reimbursement and Insurance Plans
(together, the "HERP") or a successor plan or plans that provide the same or
greater level of benefits as those provided to participants under the HERP as in
effect on the Effective Date.

7.       Vacation and Leave.
         ------------------

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
         a.  The Officer shall be entitled to five weeks (twenty-five  
             working days) of vacation with pay during each consecutive
             twelve-month period commencing on January 1, 1997 and each January
             1 thereafter during the term of this Agreement, to be taken at
             reasonable times and in reasonable periods as the Officer and
             Bancorp or the Bank shall mutually determine, and provided that no
             vacation time shall interfere with the duties required to be
             rendered by the Officer hereunder. Any vacation time not used
             during a twelve-month period shall carry over and be useable during
             the succeeding twelve-month period, but not thereafter. The Officer
             shall not receive any additional compensation from Bancorp or the
             Bank on account of his failure to take vacation.

         b.  In addition to paid vacations, the Officer shall be entitled,
             without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the
             performance of his employment for such additional periods of time
             and for such valid and legitimate reasons as the Board of Bancorp
             and the Bank may in their discretion determine. Further, the Board
             of Bancorp or the Bank may grant to the Officer a leave or leaves
             of absence, with or without pay, at such time or times and upon
             such terms and conditions as such Boards in their discretion may
             determine.

8.       Expense Payments and Reimbursements. The Officer shall be reimbursed
         -----------------------------------
for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses which he shall incur in
connection with his services under this Agreement upon substantiation of such
expenses in accordance with applicable policies of Bancorp or the Bank. The
Officer also shall be entitled to the following:

         a.  Use of an automobile of a make and model consistent with the
             Officer's duties under this Agreement and reimbursement for the
             Officer's expenses thereof related to the employment of Officer;
             and

         b.  Reimbursement for membership dues at Manor Country Club.

9.       Loyalty and Confidentiality.
         ---------------------------

         a.  During the term of this Agreement the Officer: (i) shall devote 
             all his time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful
             performance of his duties hereunder; provided, however, that from
             time to time, the Officer may serve on the boards of directors of,
             and hold any other offices or positions in, companies or
             organizations which will not present any conflict of interest with
             Bancorp or the Bank or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates,
             unfavorably affect the performance of Officer's duties pursuant to
             this Agreement, or violate any applicable statute or regulation;
             and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity contrary to
             the business affairs or interests of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the
             Officer's right to invest in the capital stock or other securities
             of any business dissimilar from that 

                                        4
<PAGE>
 
             of Bancorp and the Bank, or, solely as a passive, minority
             investor, in any business.

         c.  The Officer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any and all
             information concerning the operation or financial status of Bancorp
             and the Bank; the names or addresses of any of their borrowers,
             depositors and other customers; any information concerning or
             obtained from such customers; and any other information concerning
             Bancorp or the Bank to which he may be exposed during the course of
             his employment. The Officer further agrees that, unless required by
             law or specifically permitted by Bancorp or the Bank in writing, he
             will not disclose to any person or entity, either during or
             subsequent to his employment, any of the above-mentioned
             information which is not generally known to the public, nor shall
             he employ such information in any way other than for the benefit of
             Bancorp and the Bank.

10.      Termination and Termination  Pay.  Subject to Section 11 of this  
         --------------------------------
Agreement, the Officer's employment under this Agreement may be terminated in
the following circumstances:

         a.  Death.  The Officer's employment under this Agreement shall 
             -----
             terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in
             which event the Officer's estate shall be entitled to receive the
             compensation due to the Officer through the last day of the
             calendar month in which his death occurred.

         b.  Retirement.  This Agreement shall be terminated upon the normal 
             ----------
             or early retirement of the Officer under the retirement benefit
             plan or plans in which he participates pursuant to Section 6 of
             this Agreement.

         c.  Disability.  Bancorp, the Bank, or the Officer may terminate the 
             ----------
             Officer's employment after having established the Officer's
             Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means a
             physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Officer's ability to
             substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and that
             results in the Officer's becoming eligible for long-term disability
             benefits under Bancorp's or the Bank's long-term disability plan
             (or, if Bancorp or the Bank has no such plan in effect, that
             impairs the Officer's ability to substantially perform his duties
             under this Agreement for a period of one-hundred-eighty consecutive
             days). In the event of such Disability, the Officer's obligation to
             perform services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event
             of such termination, the Officer shall be entitled to receive the
             following:

             i.       The compensation and benefits provided for under this
                      Agreement for any period during the term of this Agreement
                      and prior to the date of termination pursuant to this
                      Section 10.c. during which the Officer is unable to work
                      due to physical or mental infirmity (less any amounts

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                      which the Officer receives under any disability insurance
                      maintained by Bancorp or the Bank with respect to such
                      period);

             ii.      For the period beginning upon the date of termination
                      pursuant to this Section 10.c. and continuing for the
                      remaining term of this Agreement, (A) salary at the
                      highest rate paid pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement
                      during the twelve months prior to the establishment of
                      such disability under this Section 10.c., reduced by any
                      payments received by the Officer during such period
                      following termination under a long term disability plan or
                      policy maintained by Bancorp or the Bank, and (B) benefits
                      pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement.

             The Boards of Bancorp and the Bank shall determine whether or not
         the Officer is and continues to be permanently disabled for purposes of
         this Agreement in good faith, based upon competent medical advice and
         other factors that they reasonably believe to be relevant. As a
         condition to any benefits, such Board may require the Officer to submit
         to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as it deems reasonably
         appropriate.

         d.  Just Cause.
             ----------

             i.       The Board of Bancorp or the Bank may, by written notice to
                      the Officer in the form and manner specified in this
                      paragraph, immediately terminate his employment with
                      Bancorp or the Bank, respectively, at any time, for Just
                      Cause. The Officer shall have no right to receive
                      compensation or other benefits for any period after
                      termination for Just Cause. Termination for "Just Cause"
                      shall mean termination because of, in the good faith
                      determination of Bancorp's or the Bank's Board, the
                      Officer's:
                      (1)      Personal dishonesty;
                      (2)      Incompetence;
                      (3)      Willful misconduct;
                      (4)      Breach of fiduciary duty involving personal
                               profit; 
                      (5)      Intentional failure to perform duties
                               under this Agreement; 
                      (6)      Other, continuing material failure to 
                               perform his duties under this Agreement
                               after reasonable notification (which shall
                               be stated in writing and given at least
                               fifteen days prior to termination) by the
                               Board of Bancorp or the Bank of such
                               failure;
                      (7)      Willful violation of any law, rule or regulation
                               (other than traffic violations or similar
                               offenses) or final cease-and-desist order; or
                      (8)      Material breach by the Officer of any 
                               provision of this Agreement.

             ii.      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Officer shall not be
                      deemed to have been terminated for Just Cause by Bancorp
                      or the Bank unless there shall have been delivered to the
                      Officer a copy of a resolution duly adopted by

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                      the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the
                      entire membership of the Board of Bancorp or the Bank at a
                      meeting of such Board called and held for the purpose
                      (after reasonable notice to the Officer and an opportunity
                      for the Officer to be heard before the Board), finding
                      that in the good faith opinion of such Board the Officer
                      was guilty of conduct described above and specifying the
                      particulars thereof.

         e.  Certain Regulatory Events.
             -------------------------

             i.       If the Officer is removed and/or permanently prohibited
             from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order
             issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit
             Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C. (S)(S)1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)),
             all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as
             of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the
             parties shall not be affected.

             ii.      If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1)
             of FDIA), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall
             terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights of the
             parties shall not be affected.

             iii.     If a notice served under Sections 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the
             FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S)(S)1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)) suspends and/or
             temporarily prohibits the Officer from participating in the conduct
             of the Bank's affairs, the Bank's obligations under this Agreement
             shall be suspended as of the date of such service, unless stayed by
             appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are
             dismissed, the Bank may, in its discretion, (i) pay the Officer all
             or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations
             were suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its
             obligations which were suspended.

             The occurrence of any of the events described in paragraphs i,
         ii, and iii above may be considered by the Board of Bancorp or the Bank
         in connection with a termination for Just Cause.

         f.  Voluntary Termination by Officer. In addition to his other rights
             --------------------------------
         to terminate under this Agreement, the Officer may voluntarily
         terminate employment with the Bank and Bancorp during the term of this
         Agreement upon at least sixty-days' prior written notice to each of
         their Boards, in which case the Officer shall receive only his
         compensation, vested rights and employee benefits up to the date of his
         termination.

         g.  Without Just Cause or With Good Reason.
             --------------------------------------

             i.       In addition to termination pursuant to Section 10.a.
             through 10.f.: the Board of Bancorp or the Bank may, by written
             notice to the Officer, immediately terminate his employment with
             Bancorp or the Bank, respectively, at any time for a reason other
             than Just Cause (a termination "Without Just Cause"); and the

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
             Officer may, by written notice to the Boards of Bancorp and the
             Bank, immediately terminate this Agreement at any time within
             ninety days following an event of "Good Reason" as defined below (a
             termination "With Good Reason").

             ii.      Subject to Section 11 hereof, in the event of termination
             under this Section 10.g., the Officer shall be entitled to receive
             the salary for the remaining term of the Agreement, including any
             renewals or extensions thereof, at the highest annual rate in
             effect pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement for any of the
             twelve months immediately preceding the date of such termination,
             plus annual cash bonuses for each year (prorated in the event of
             partial years) remaining under such term at the amount received by
             the Officer in the calendar year preceding the termination. The sum
             due under this Section 10.g. shall be paid in one lump sum within
             ten calendar days of such termination.

             iii.     "Good Reason" shall exist if, without Officer's express
             written consent, Bancorp or the Bank materially breach any of its
             respective obligations under this Agreement. Without limitation,
             such a material breach shall be deemed to occur upon any of the
             following:

                      (1)      A material reduction in the Officers's
                               responsibilities or authority, or a requirement
                               that the Officer report to any person or group
                               other than the Boards of Bancorp and the Bank (or
                               any other effective reduction in reporting
                               responsibilities) in connection with his
                               employment with Bancorp or the Bank;

                      (2)      Assignment to the Officer of duties of a
                               nonexecutive nature or duties for which he is not
                               reasonably equipped by his skills and experience;

                      (3)      Failure of the Officer to be elected or reelected
                               to the Board of Bancorp or the Bank;

                      (4)      A reduction in salary or benefits contrary to the
                               terms of this Agreement, or, following a Change
                               in Control as defined in Section 11 of this
                               Agreement, any reduction in salary or material
                               reduction in benefits below the amounts to which
                               he was entitled prior to the Change in Control;

                      (5)      Termination of incentive and benefit plans,
                               programs or arrangements, or reduction of the
                               Officer's participation to such an extent as to
                               materially reduce their aggregate value below
                               their aggregate value as of the Effective Date.

                      (6)      A requirement that the Officer relocate his
                               principal business office or his principal place
                               of residence outside Montgomery County, Maryland,
                               or the assignment to the Officer of duties that
                               would reasonably require such a relocation;

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                      (7)      A requirement that the Officer spend more than
                               thirty normal working days away from Montgomery
                               County, Maryland during any consecutive twelve-
                               month period; or

                      (8)      Failure to provide office facilities, secretarial
                               services, and other administrative services to
                               Officer which are substantially equivalent to the
                               facilities and services provided to the Officer
                               on the Effective Date (excluding brief periods
                               during which office facilities may be temporarily
                               unavailable due to fire, natural disaster, or
                               other calamity).

             iv.      Notwithstanding the foregoing, a reduction or elimination
                      of the Officer's benefits under one or more benefit plans
                      maintained by Bancorp or the Bank as part of a good faith,
                      overall reduction or elimination of such plan or plans or
                      benefits thereunder applicable to all participants in a
                      manner that does not discriminate against the Officer
                      (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply
                      with law) shall not constitute an event of Good Reason or
                      a material breach of this Agreement, provided that
                      benefits of the type or to the general extent as those
                      offered under such plans prior to such reduction or
                      elimination are not available to other officers of Bancorp
                      or the Bank or any company that controls either of them
                      under a plan or plans in or under which the Officer is not
                      entitled to participate, and receive benefits, on a fair
                      and nondiscriminatory basis.

         h.  Continuing Covenant not to Compete or Interfere with
             ----------------------------------------------------
             Relationships. Regardless of anything herein to the contrary,
             -------------
             following a termination (i) upon retirement pursuant to Section
             10.b., (ii) due to Disability pursuant to Section 10.c., (iii) for
             Just Cause pursuant to Section 10.d., or (iv) by the Officer
             pursuant to Section 10.f.:

             i.       The Officer's obligations under Section 9.c. of this
                      Agreement will continue in effect; and

             ii.      During the remaining term of this Agreement (determined
                      immediately before such termination), the Officer shall
                      not serve as an officer or director or employee of any
                      bank holding company, bank, savings association, savings
                      and loan holding company, or mortgage company (any of
                      which, a "Financial Institution") which Financial
                      Institution offers products or services competing with
                      those offered by Bancorp or the Bank from offices in any
                      county in the State of Maryland or of any other State in
                      which the Bank, Bancorp or any of their subsidiaries has a
                      branch, and shall not interfere with the relationship of
                      Bancorp or the Bank and any of its employees, agents, or
                      representatives.

11.      Termination in Connection with a Change in Control.
         --------------------------------------------------

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
         a.       For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in Control" shall be
                  deemed to occur on the earliest of:

                  i.       The acquisition by any entity, person or group (other
                           than the acquisition by a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of beneficial
                           ownership, as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3
                           under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of more
                           than 25% of the outstanding capital stock of Bancorp
                           or the Bank entitled to vote for the election of
                           directors ("Voting Stock");

                  ii.      The commencement by any entity, person, or group
                           (other than Bancorp or the Bank, a subsidiary of
                           Bancorp or the Bank, or a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of a tender
                           offer or an exchange offer for more than 20% of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank;

                  iii.     The effective time of (a) a merger or consolidation
                           of Bancorp or the Bank with one or more other
                           corporations as a result of which the holders of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank
                           immediately prior to such merger exercise voting
                           control over less than 80% of the Voting Stock of the
                           surviving or resulting corporation, or (b) a transfer
                           of substantially all of the property of Bancorp or
                           the Bank other than to an entity of which Bancorp or
                           the Bank owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock;

                  iv.      Upon the acquisition by any entity, person, or 
                           group of the control of the election of a majority 
                           of the Bank's or Bancorp's directors,

                  v.       At such time that, during any period of two
                           consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
                           of such period constitute the Board of Bancorp or the
                           Bank (the "Continuing Directors") cease for any
                           reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof,
                           provided that any individual whose election or
                           nomination for election as a member of the Board was
                           approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
                           Continuing Directors then in office shall be
                           considered a Continuing Director.


         b.       Termination.  If within the period beginning six months prior
                  -----------
                  to and ending two years after a Change in Control, (i) Bancorp
                  or the Bank shall terminate the Officer's employment Without
                  Just Cause, or (ii) the Officer shall voluntarily terminate
                  his employment With Good Reason, Bancorp or the Bank shall,
                  within ten calendar days of the termination of Officer's
                  employment, make a lump-sum cash payment to him equal to 2.99
                  times the sum of (x) his annual salary at the highest annual
                  rate in effect for any of the twelve months immediately
                  preceding

                                     10
<PAGE>
 
                  the date of such termination, plus (y) the amount of other
                  compensation received by him during the calendar year
                  preceding the Change in Control. This cash payment is subject
                  to adjustment pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, and
                  shall be made in lieu of any payment also required under
                  section 10.g. of this Agreement because of a termination in
                  such period. The Officer's rights under Section 10.g. are not
                  otherwise affected by this Section 11. Also, in such event,
                  the Officer shall, for three calendar years following his
                  termination of employment, continue to participate in any
                  benefit plans of Bancorp and the Bank that provide health
                  (including medical and dental), life or disability insurance,
                  or similar coverage upon terms no less favorable than the most
                  favorable terms provided to senior officers of the Bank during
                  such period.

         c.       Funding of Trust upon Change in Control.  In order to assure
                  ---------------------------------------
                  payment to the Officer of amounts that may become payable by
                  Bancorp or the Bank pursuant to this Section, unless and to
                  the extent the Officer has previously provided a written
                  release of any claims under Section 11 of this Agreement, not
                  later than ten business days after a Change in Control,
                  Bancorp or the Bank shall (i) establish a valid trust under
                  the law of the State of Maryland with an independent trustee
                  that has or may be granted corporate trust powers under
                  Maryland law, (ii) deposit in such trust an amount equal to
                  2.99 times his "base amount" as defined in Section 280G(b)(3)
                  of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder (Section
                  280G and related regulations hereinafter referred to as
                  Section 280G"), at the time of the Change of Control, and
                  (iii) provide the trustee of the trust with a written
                  direction to hold said amount and any investment return
                  thereon in a segregated account, and to pay such amounts as
                  demanded by the Officer from the trust upon written demand
                  from the Officer stating the amount of the payment demanded
                  from the trust and the basis for his rights to such payment
                  under Section 11 of this Agreement. Upon the earlier of the
                  final payment of all amounts demanded by the Officer under
                  this Section 11 or the date thirty-six months after the Change
                  in Control, the trustee of the trust shall pay to Bancorp or
                  the Bank, as applicable, the entire balance remaining in the
                  trust. Payments from the trust to the Officer shall be
                  considered payments made by Bancorp or the Bank for purposes
                  of this Agreement. Payment of such amounts to the Officer from
                  the trust, however, shall not relieve Bancorp or the Bank from
                  any obligation to pay amounts in excess of those paid from the
                  trust, or from any obligation to take actions or refrain from
                  taking actions otherwise required by this Agreement. Unless
                  and until a termination of or by the Officer as described in
                  Section 11.b.(i) or (ii), the Officer's rights under this
                  Agreement shall be those of a general, unsecured creditor, he
                  shall have no claim against the assets of the trust, and the
                  assets of the trust shall remain subject to the claims of
                  creditors of Bancorp or the Bank. Upon the termination of the
                  trust as specified herein, the Officer shall have no further
                  interest in the trust.

12.      Indemnification and Liability Insurance.
         ---------------------------------------

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
         a.       Indemnification.  Bancorp and the Bank agree to indemnify the 
                  ----------------
                  Officer (and his heirs, executors, and administrators) to the
                  fullest extent permitted under applicable law and regulations
                  against any and all expenses and liabilities reasonably
                  incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any
                  action, suit, or proceeding in which he may be involved by
                  reason of his having been a director or officer of Bancorp or
                  the Bank or any of their subsidiaries (whether or not he
                  continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring
                  any such expenses or liabilities) such expenses and
                  liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgements,
                  court costs, and attorney's fees and the cost of reasonable
                  settlements, such settlements to be approved by the Board of
                  Bancorp or the Bank, if such action is brought against the
                  Officer in his capacity as an officer or director of Bancorp
                  or the Bank or any of their subsidiaries. Indemnification for
                  expense shall not extend to matters for which the Officer has
                  been terminated for Just Cause. Nothing contained herein shall
                  be deemed to provide indemnification prohibited by applicable
                  law or regulation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
                  contrary, the obligations of this Section 12 shall survive the
                  term of this Agreement by a period of seven years.

         b.       Insurance.  During the period in which indemnification of the
                  ---------
                  Officer is required under this Section, Bancorp or the Bank
                  shall provide the Officer (and his heirs, executors, and
                  administrators) with coverage under a directors' and officers'
                  liability policy at the expense of Bancorp or the Bank, at
                  least equivalent to such coverage provided to directors and
                  senior officers of Bancorp or the Bank, whichever is more
                  favorable to the Officer.

13.      Reimbursement of Officer's Expenses to Enforce this Agreement. Bancorp
         -------------------------------------------------------------
or the Bank shall reimburse the Officer for all out-of-pocket expenses,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the
Officer in connection with successful enforcement by the Officer of the
obligations of Bancorp or the Bank to the Officer under this Agreement up to a
maximum of $30,000. Successful enforcement shall mean the grant of an award of
money or the requirement that Bancorp or the Bank take some action specified by
this Agreement (i) as a result of court order; or (ii) otherwise by Bancorp or
the Bank following an initial failure of Bancorp or the Bank to pay such money
or take such action promptly after written demand therefor from the Officer
stating the reason that such money or action was due under this Agreement at or
prior to the time of such demand.

14.      Adjustment of Certain Payments and Benefits.
         -------------------------------------------

         a.       In the event that payments pursuant to this Agreement
                  (including, without limitation, any payment under any plan,
                  program, or arrangement referred to in Section 5 or 6 hereof)
                  would result in the imposition of a penalty tax pursuant to
                  Section 280G, such payments shall be reduced to equal the
                  maximum amount which may be paid under Section 280G without
                  exceeding such limits. In the event any such reduction in
                  payments is necessary, the Officer may determine, in

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                  his sole discretion, which categories of payments (including,
                  without limitation, the value of benefits or of acceleration
                  of vesting or receipt of benefits or amounts) are to be
                  reduced or eliminated.

         b.       Payments made to the Officer pursuant to this Agreement or
                  otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their
                  compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S) 1828
                  (k), relating to "golden parachute" and indemnification
                  payments and certain other benefits.

15.      Injunctive Relief. If there is a breach or threatened breach of Section
         -----------------
10.h. of this Agreement or the prohibitions upon disclosure contained in Section
9.c. of this Agreement, Bancorp or the Bank and the Officer agree that there is
no adequate remedy at law for such breach, and that Bancorp and the Bank each
shall be entitled to injunctive relief restraining the Officer from such breach
or threatened breach, but such relief shall not be the exclusive remedy
hereunder for such breach. The parties hereto likewise agree that the Officer
shall be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce the obligations of Bancorp and
the Bank under Section 11 of this Agreement.

16.      Successors and Assigns.
         ----------------------

         a.       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
                  upon any corporate or other successor of Bancorp or the Bank
                  which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger,
                  consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all
                  of the assets or stock of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.       Since the Bank and Bancorp are contracting for the unique and
                  personal skills of the Officer, the Officer shall be precluded
                  from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder
                  without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank and
                  Bancorp.

17.      No  Mitigation.  The Officer shall not be required to mitigate the 
         --------------
amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment
or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any
compensation or benefits provided to the Officer in any subsequent employment.

                                      13
<PAGE>
 
18.      Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications in
         -------
connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to
have been given when delivered by hand or 48 hours after mailing at any general
or branch United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall have been
designated in writing by the addressee:

         a.       If to Bancorp or the Bank:
                  Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
                  Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland
                  17801 Georgia Avenue
                  Olney, Maryland 20832
                  Attention:   The Boards of Directors
                  Copy to:     Corporate Secretary

         b.       If to the Officer:
                  Hunter R. Hollar
                  16935 Continental Court
                  Olney, Maryland  20832

19.      Joint and Severally Liability; Payments by Bancorp and the Bank. To the
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
extent permitted by law, except as otherwise provided herein, Bancorp and the
Bank shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all amounts due
under this Agreement. Bancorp hereby agrees that it shall be jointly and
severally liable with the Bank for the payment of all amounts due under this
Agreement and shall guarantee the performance of the Bank's obligations
thereunder, provided that Bancorp shall not be required by this Agreement to pay
to the Officer a salary or any bonuses or any other cash payments, except in the
event that the Bank does not fulfill the obligations to the Officer hereunder
for such payments. Bancorp may, however, pay salary and bonuses as deemed
appropriate by its Board in the exercise of its discretion.

20.      No Plan Created by this Agreement. The Officer, Bancorp and the Bank
         ---------------------------------
expressly declare and agree that this Agreement was negotiated among them and
that no provision or provisions of this Agreement are intended to, or shall be
deemed to, create any plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act or any other law or regulation, and Bancorp, the Bank and the
Officer each expressly waives any right to assert the contrary. Any assertion in
any judicial or administrative filing, hearing, or process by or on behalf of
the Officer or Bancorp or the Bank that such a plan was so created by this
Agreement shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by the party
making such an assertion.

21.      Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall 
         ----------
be binding unless made in writing and signed by all of the parties, except as
herein otherwise specifically provided.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
22.      Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, the laws
         --------------
of the State of Maryland shall govern this Agreement in all respects, whether as
to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

23.      Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed
         ------------
severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

24.      Headings. Headings contained herein are for convenience of reference
         --------
only.

25.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any understanding or
         ----------------
modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute
the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof, other than written agreements with respect to specific plans, programs
or arrangements described in Sections 5 and 6.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
the date first set forth above.

                     SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND

                     By: /s/ W. Drew Stabler

                     Title: Chairman of the Board


                     SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

                     By: /s/ W. Drew Stabler

                     Title: Chairman of the Board


                     OFFICER

                     /s/ Hunter R. Hollar
                     Hunter R. Hollar

                                       15

<PAGE>
 
                                 Exhibit 10(f)
<PAGE>
 
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

================================================================================

         THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), made this 30th day of January 1997,
by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., a registered bank holding company
("Bancorp"), Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland, a national banking
association and wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp with its main office in
Olney, Maryland (the "Bank"), and James H. Langmead (the "Officer").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Officer is employed as the Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of the Bank and the Vice President and Treasurer of Bancorp.

         WHEREAS, as a result of the skill, knowledge, and experience of the
Officer, the Board of Directors ("Board") of the Bank and the Board of Bancorp
each desires to retain the services of the Officer.

         WHEREAS, the Officer desires to continue to serve as an officer of
Bancorp and the Bank.

         WHEREAS, the Officer and the respective Boards of the Bank and Bancorp
desire to enter into an Agreement setting forth the terms of conditions of the
continuing employment of the Officer and the related rights and obligations of
each of the parties.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1.       Employment. The Officer is employed as the Vice President and Treasurer
         ----------
of Bancorp and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
Bank, reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer. Subject to
direction of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Officer shall have
responsibility for the financial affairs of Bancorp, the Bank, and their
respective subsidiaries, and shall perform all duties and shall have all powers
which are commonly incident to the offices of Chief Financial Officer or which,
consistent with those offices, are delegated to him by the President and Chief
Executive Officer. The officer shall serve as a member of the Senior Officer
Policy Committee and the Asset/Liability Committee of the Bank. The Officer's
duties include, but are not limited to:

         a.       Making  recommendations  to the President and Chief  
                  Executive  Officer  concerning the financial
                  strategies, capital structure, and operations of 
                  Bancorp and the Bank;


                                       1
<PAGE>
 
         b.       Management  oversight of the accounting,  budgeting,  planning
                  and financial reporting operations of the Bancorp and the 
                  Bank,  including  supervision  of the  officers and  
                  employees  engaged in these functions;

         c.       Management  oversight  of  the  compliance,   security,  
                  purchasing,  and  facilities  management functions of Bancorp 
                  and the Bank,  including  supervision of the officers and 
                  employees  engaged in these functions;

         d.       Promoting Bancorp and the Bank and their services;

         e.       Managing  the  efforts of Bancorp  and the Bank to comply 
                  with  applicable  laws and  regulations relating to financial 
                  reporting, accounting, and capital structure of Bancorp and 
                  the Bank; and

         f.       Providing complete, timely, and accurate reports to the
                  President and Chief Executive Officer of Bancorp and the Bank
                  regarding the financial condition, performance, and budget of
                  Bancorp and the Bank, respectively.

2.       Location and Facilities. The Officer will be furnished with the working
         ----------------------- 
facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the title and duties
set forth in Section 1 and as are necessary for him to perform his duties. The
location of such facilities and staff shall be at the principal administrative
offices of Bancorp and the Bank, or at such other site or sites customary for
such offices.

3.       Term.
         ----

         a.       The term of this Agreement shall be (i) the initial term,
                  consisting of the period commencing on the date of this
                  Agreement (the "Effective Date") and ending immediately prior
                  to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, plus (ii) any
                  and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this
                  Section 3.

         b.       On each  anniversary  of the Effective  Date prior to a 
                  termination of the Agreement, the term under this Agreement
                  shall be extended for an additional one-year period beyond the
                  then effective expiration date without action by any party,
                  provided that neither Bancorp or the Bank, on the one hand,
                  nor the Officer, on the other, shall have given written notice
                  at least sixty (60) days prior to such anniversary date of its
                  or his desire that the term not be extended. The President and
                  Chief Executive Officer will review the Officer's performance
                  and the advisability of extending the term of this Agreement,
                  and the Boards of Bancorp and the Bank shall, based on such
                  review, determine whether or not to extend the term of this
                  Agreement at a meeting or meetings at least ninety (90) days
                  prior to each anniversary date.


                                       2
<PAGE>
 
4.       Base Compensation.
         -----------------

         a.       Bancorp and the Bank agree to pay the Officer during the term
                  of this Agreement a salary at the rate of $110,000 per annum,
                  payable in cash not less frequently than monthly, as may be
                  adjusted in accordance with this Section 4.

         b.       The Human  Resources  Committee of the Bank (the  "Committee")
                  with the advice of the President and Chief Executive Officer
                  shall perform an annual analysis of the Officer's performance
                  and of the compensation of officers performing similar
                  functions at independent financial institutions of comparable
                  assets and performance, and based upon this review, the
                  recommendation of the President and Chief Executive Officer,
                  and on such other factors as it deems pertinent, shall
                  recommend to the Boards of Bancorp and the Bank the salary
                  rate to be paid beginning on the next April 1 following such
                  review. The Boards of Bancorp and the Bank shall review
                  annually the rate of the Officer's salary based upon this
                  recommendation of the Committee and other factors they deem
                  relevant, and may maintain, increase or decrease his salary,
                  provided that no such action shall (i) reduce the rate of
                  salary below $110,000 or (ii) reduce the rate of salary paid
                  to the Officer for any months prior to the month in which
                  notice of the reduction is provided in writing to the Officer.

         c.       In the absence of action by the Board of both Bancorp and the
                  Bank, the Officer shall continue to receive salary at the
                  $110,000 per annum rate specified herein or, if another rate
                  has been established under the provisions of this Section 4,
                  the rate last properly established by action of the Board of
                  Bancorp or the Bank under the provisions of this Section 4.

5.       Bonuses. Unless the Officer agrees otherwise, he shall be entitled to
         -------
participate in discretionary bonuses that the Board may award from time to time
to senior management employees pursuant to bonus plans or otherwise. The Officer
also shall participate in any other fringe benefits which are or may become
available to senior management employees of Bancorp or the Bank, including for
example: any stock option or incentive compensation plans and any other benefits
that are commensurate with the responsibilities and functions to be performed by
the Officer under this Agreement. No other compensation provided for in this
Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the Officer's right to participate in
such discretionary bonuses or fringe benefits.

6.       Benefit Plans. The Officer shall be entitled to participate in such
         -------------
life insurance, medical, dental, pension, profit sharing, and retirement plans
and other programs and arrangements as may be approved from time to time by
Bancorp or the Bank for the benefit of their respective employees. In addition,
the Officer shall be entitled to participate in a nonstatutory supplemental
retirement plan or arrangement ("SERP") established for the Officer and in the
Executive Health Expense Reimbursement and Insurance Plans (together, the
"HERP") or a successor plan or plans


                                       3
<PAGE>
 
that provide the same or greater level of benefits as those provided to
participants under the HERP as in effect on the Effective Date. (The resolution
of the Board of the Bank approving this Agreement shall serve as a designation
of eligibility to participate in the HERP as of the Effective Time, if the
Officer had not previously been designated as eligible.)

7.       Vacation and Leave.
         ------------------

         a.       The Officer shall be entitled to five weeks (twenty-five
                  working days) of vacation with pay during each consecutive
                  twelve-month period commencing on January 1, 1997 and each
                  January 1 thereafter during the term of this Agreement, to be
                  taken at reasonable times and in reasonable periods as the
                  Officer and Bancorp or the Bank shall mutually determine, and
                  provided that no vacation time shall interfere with the duties
                  required to be rendered by the Officer hereunder. Any vacation
                  time not used during a twelve-month period shall carry over
                  and be useable during the succeeding twelve-month period, but
                  not thereafter. The Officer shall not receive any additional
                  compensation from Bancorp or the Bank on account of his
                  failure to take vacation.

         b.       In addition to paid vacations, the Officer shall be entitled,
                  without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the
                  performance of his employment for such additional periods of
                  time and for such valid and legitimate reasons as the
                  President and Chief Executive Officer may in his discretion
                  determine. Further, the President and Chief Executive Officer
                  may grant to the Officer a leave or leaves of absence, with or
                  without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and
                  conditions as the President and Chief Executive Officer in his
                  discretion may determine.

8.       Expense Payments and Reimbursements. The Officer shall be reimbursed 
         -----------------------------------
for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses which he shall incur in
connection with his services under this Agreement upon substantiation of such
expenses in accordance with applicable policies of Bancorp or the Bank.

9.       Loyalty and Confidentiality.
         ---------------------------

         a.       During the term of this Agreement the Officer: (i) shall 
                  devote all his time, attention, skill, and efforts to the
                  faithful performance of his duties hereunder; provided,
                  however, that from time to time, the Officer may serve on the
                  boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or
                  positions in, companies or organizations which will not
                  present any conflict of interest with Bancorp or the Bank or
                  any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, unfavorably affect
                  the performance of Officer's duties pursuant to this
                  Agreement, or violate any applicable statute or regulation;
                  and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity contrary
                  to the business affairs or interests of Bancorp or the Bank.


                                       4
<PAGE>
 
         b.       Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the
                  Officer's right to invest in the capital stock or other
                  securities of any business dissimilar from that of Bancorp and
                  the Bank, or, solely as a passive, minority investor, in any
                  business.

         c.       The Officer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any and
                  all information concerning the operation or financial status
                  of Bancorp and the Bank; the names or addresses of any of
                  their borrowers, depositors and other customers; any
                  information concerning or obtained from such customers; and
                  any other information concerning Bancorp or the Bank to which
                  he may be exposed during the course of his employment. The
                  Officer further agrees that, unless required by law or
                  specifically permitted by Bancorp or the Bank in writing, he
                  will not disclose to any person or entity, either during or
                  subsequent to his employment, any of the above-mentioned
                  information which is not generally known to the public, nor
                  shall he employ such information in any way other than for the
                  benefit of Bancorp and the Bank.

10.      Termination and Termination Pay.  Subject to Section 11 of this
         -------------------------------
Agreement, the Officer's employment under this Agreement may be terminated in
the following circumstances:

         a.       Death.  The Officer's employment under this Agreement shall 
                  -----
                  terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in
                  which event the Officer's estate shall be entitled to receive
                  the compensation due to the Officer through the last day of
                  the calendar month in which his death occurred.

         b.       Retirement.  This Agreement shall be terminated upon the  
                  ----------
                  normal or early retirement of the Officer under the retirement
                  benefit plan or plans in which he participates pursuant to
                  Section 6 of this Agreement.

         c.       Disability.  Bancorp, the Bank, or the Officer may terminate
                  ----------
                  the Officer's employment after having established the
                  Officer's Disability. For purposes of this Agreement,
                  "Disability" means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs
                  the Officer's ability to substantially perform his duties
                  under this Agreement and that results in the Officer's
                  becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under
                  Bancorp's or the Bank's long-term disability plan (or, if
                  Bancorp or the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs
                  the Officer's ability to substantially perform his duties
                  under this Agreement for a period of one-hundred-eighty
                  consecutive days). In the event of such Disability, the
                  Officer's obligation to perform services under this Agreement
                  will terminate. In the event of such termination, the Officer
                  shall be entitled to receive the following:

                  i.       The compensation and benefits provided for under this
                           Agreement for any period during the term of this
                           Agreement and prior to the date of termination
                           pursuant to this Section 10.c. during which the
                           Officer is 


                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                           unable to work due to physical or mental infirmity
                           (less any amounts which the Officer receives under
                           any disability insurance maintained by Bancorp or the
                           Bank with respect to such period);

                  ii.      For the period beginning upon the date of termination
                           pursuant to this Section 10.c. and continuing for the
                           remaining term of this Agreement, (A) salary at the
                           highest rate paid pursuant to Section 4 of this
                           Agreement during the twelve months prior to the
                           establishment of such disability under this Section
                           10.c., reduced by any payments received by the
                           Officer during such period following termination
                           under a long term disability plan or policy
                           maintained by Bancorp or the Bank, and (B) benefits
                           pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement.

                  The Boards of Bancorp and the Bank shall determine whether or
         not the Officer is and continues to be permanently disabled for
         purposes of this Agreement in good faith, based upon competent medical
         advice and other factors that they reasonably believe to be relevant.
         As a condition to any benefits, such Board may require the Officer to
         submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as it deems
         reasonably appropriate.

         d.       Just Cause.
                  ----------

                  i.       The Board of Bancorp or the Bank may, by written
                           notice to the Officer in the form and manner
                           specified in this paragraph, immediately terminate
                           his employment with Bancorp or the Bank,
                           respectively, at any time, for Just Cause. The
                           Officer shall have no right to receive compensation
                           or other benefits for any period after termination
                           for Just Cause. Termination for "Just Cause" shall
                           mean termination because of, in the good faith
                           determination of Bancorp's or the Bank's Board, the
                           Officer's:
                           (1)      Personal dishonesty;
                           (2)      Incompetence;
                           (3)      Willful misconduct;
                           (4)      Breach of fiduciary duty involving personal
                                    profit; 
                           (5)      Intentional failure to perform duties under
                                    this Agreement;
                           (6)      Other, continuing material failure to
                                    perform his duties under this Agreement
                                    after reasonable notification (which shall
                                    be stated in writing and given at least
                                    fifteen days prior to termination) by the
                                    Board of Bancorp or the Bank of such
                                    failure;
                           (7)      Willful violation of any law, rule or
                                    regulation (other than traffic violations or
                                    similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist
                                    order; or
                           (8)      Material breach by the Officer of any 
                                    provision of this Agreement.

                  ii.      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Officer shall not
                           be deemed to have been terminated for Just Cause by
                           Bancorp or the Bank unless there shall have been
                           delivered to the Officer a copy of a resolution duly
                           adopted by

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                           the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of
                           the entire membership of the Board of Bancorp or the
                           Bank at a meeting of such Board called and held for
                           the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Officer
                           and an opportunity for the Officer to be heard before
                           the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of
                           such Board the Officer was guilty of conduct
                           described above and specifying the particulars
                           thereof.

         e.       Certain Regulatory Events.
                  -------------------------

                  i. If the Officer is removed and/or permanently prohibited
                  from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an
                  order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal
                  Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1818(e)(4)
                  and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
                  shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but
                  vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

                  ii. If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1)
                  of FDIA), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
                  shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights
                  of the parties shall not be affected.

                  iii. If a notice served under Sections 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of
                  the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)) suspends
                  and/or temporarily prohibits the Officer from participating in
                  the conduct of the Bank's affairs, the Bank's obligations
                  under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of such
                  service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the
                  charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may, in its
                  discretion, (i) pay the Officer all or part of the
                  compensation withheld while its contract obligations were
                  suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its
                  obligations which were suspended.

                  The occurrence of any of the events described in paragraphs i,
         ii, and iii above may be considered by the Board of Bancorp or the Bank
         in connection with a termination for Just Cause.

         f.       Voluntary Termination by Officer. In addition to his other 
                  --------------------------------
rights to terminate under this Agreement, the Officer may voluntarily terminate
employment with the Bank and Bancorp during the term of this Agreement upon at
least sixty days' prior written notice to each of them, in which case the
Officer shall receive only his compensation, vested rights and employee benefits
up to the date of his termination.

         g.       Without Just Cause or With Good Reason.
                  --------------------------------------

                  i. In addition to termination pursuant to Section 10.a.
                  through 10.f.: the Board of Bancorp or the Bank may, by
                  written notice to the Officer, immediately terminate his
                  employment with Bancorp or the Bank, respectively, at any time
                  for a reason other than Just Cause (a termination "Without
                  Just Cause"); and the 


                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                  Officer may, by written notice to the Boards of Bancorp and
                  the Bank, immediately terminate this Agreement at any time
                  within ninety days following an event of "Good Reason" as
                  defined below (a termination "With Good Reason").

                  ii. Subject to Section 11 hereof, in the event of termination
                  under this Section 10.g., the Officer shall be entitled to
                  receive the salary for the remaining term of the Agreement,
                  including any renewals or extensions thereof, at the highest
                  annual rate in effect pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement
                  for any of the twelve months immediately preceding the date of
                  such termination, plus annual cash bonuses for each year
                  (prorated in the event of partial years) remaining under such
                  term at the amount received by the Officer in the calendar
                  year preceding the termination. The sum due under this Section
                  10.g. shall be paid in one lump sum within ten calendar days
                  of such termination.

                  iii. "Good Reason" shall exist if, without Officer's express
                  written consent, Bancorp or the Bank materially breach any of
                  its respective obligations under this Agreement. Without
                  limitation, such a material breach shall be deemed to occur
                  upon any of the following:

                           (1)      A material reduction in the Officers's
                                    responsibilities or authority in connection
                                    with his employment with Bancorp or the
                                    Bank;
                           (2)      Assignment to the Officer of duties of a
                                    nonexecutive nature or duties for which he
                                    is not reasonably equipped by his skills and
                                    experience;
                           (3)      A reduction in salary or benefits contrary
                                    to the terms of this Agreement, or,
                                    following a Change in Control as defined in
                                    Section 11 of this Agreement, any reduction
                                    in salary or material reduction in benefits
                                    below the amounts to which he was entitled
                                    prior to the Change in Control;
                           (4)      Termination of incentive and benefit plans,
                                    programs, or arrangements, or reduction of
                                    the Officer's participation to such an
                                    extent as to materially reduce their
                                    aggregate value below their aggregate value
                                    as of the Effective Date;
                           (5)      A requirement that the Officer relocate his
                                    principal business office or his principal
                                    place of residence outside Montgomery
                                    County, Maryland, or the assignment to the
                                    Officer of duties that would reasonably
                                    require such a relocation;
                           (6)      A requirement that the Officer spend more
                                    than thirty normal working days away from
                                    Montgomery County, Maryland during any
                                    consecutive twelve-month period; or
                           (7)      Failure to provide office facilities,
                                    secretarial services, and other
                                    administrative services to Officer which are
                                    substantially equivalent to the facilities
                                    and services provided to the Officer on the


                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                    Effective Date (excluding brief periods
                                    during which office facilities may be
                                    temporarily unavailable due to fire, natural
                                    disaster, or other calamity).

                  iv.      Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) a reduction or
                           elimination of the Officer's benefits under one or
                           more benefit plans maintained by Bancorp or the Bank
                           as part of a good faith, overall reduction or
                           elimination of such plan or plans or benefits
                           thereunder applicable to all participants in a manner
                           that does not discriminate against the Officer
                           (except as such discrimination may be necessary to
                           comply with law) shall not constitute an event of
                           Good Reason or a material breach of this Agreement,
                           provided that benefits of the type or to the general
                           extent as those offered under such plans prior to
                           such reduction or elimination are not available to
                           other officers of Bancorp or the Bank or any company
                           that controls either of them under a plan or plans in
                           or under which the Officer is not entitled to
                           participate, and receive benefits, on a fair and
                           nondiscriminatory basis; and (B) a requirement that
                           the Officer report to and be subject to the direction
                           or supervision of a senior officer of Bancorp or the
                           Bank other than the President and Chief Executive
                           Officer shall not constitute an event of Good Reason
                           or a material breach of this Agreement.

         h.       Continuing Covenant not to Compete or Interfere with
                  ----------------------------------------------------
                  Relationships. Regardless of anything herein to the contrary,
                  -------------
                  following a termination (i) upon retirement pursuant to
                  Section 10.b., (ii) due to Disability pursuant to Section
                  10.c., (iii) for Just Cause pursuant to Section 10.d., or (iv)
                  by the Officer pursuant to Section 10.f.:

                  i.       The Officer's obligations under Section 9.c. of this
                           Agreement will continue in effect; and

                  ii.      During the remaining term of this Agreement
                           (determined immediately before such termination), the
                           Officer shall not serve as an officer or director or
                           employee of any bank holding company, bank, savings
                           association, savings and loan holding company, or
                           mortgage company (any of which, a "Financial
                           Institution") which Financial Institution offers
                           products or services competing with those offered by
                           Bancorp or the Bank from offices in any county in the
                           State of Maryland or of any other State in which the
                           Bank, Bancorp or any of their subsidiaries has a
                           branch, and shall not interfere with the relationship
                           of Bancorp or the Bank and any of its employees,
                           agents, or representatives.

11.      Termination in Connection with a Change in Control.
         --------------------------------------------------


                                       9
<PAGE>
 
         a.       For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in Control" shall be
                  deemed to occur on the earliest of:

                  i.       The acquisition by any entity, person or group (other
                           than the acquisition by a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of beneficial
                           ownership, as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3
                           under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of more
                           than 25% of the outstanding capital stock of Bancorp
                           or the Bank entitled to vote for the election of
                           directors ("Voting Stock");

                  ii.      The commencement by any entity, person, or group
                           (other than Bancorp or the Bank, a subsidiary of
                           Bancorp or the Bank or a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of a tender
                           offer or an exchange offer for more than 20% of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank;

                  iii.     The effective time of (a) a merger or consolidation
                           of Bancorp or the Bank with one or more other
                           corporations as a result of which the holders of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank
                           immediately prior to such merger exercise voting
                           control over less than 80% of the Voting Stock of the
                           surviving or resulting corporation, or (b) a transfer
                           of substantially all of the property of Bancorp or
                           the Bank other than to an entity of which Bancorp or
                           the Bank owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock;

                  iv.      Upon the acquisition by any entity, person, or group
                           of the control of the election of a majority of the
                           Bank's or Bancorp's directors,

                  v.       At such time that, during any period of two
                           consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
                           of such period constitute the Board of Bancorp or the
                           Bank (the "Continuing Directors") cease for any
                           reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof,
                           provided that any individual whose election or
                           nomination for election as a member of the Board was
                           approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
                           Continuing Directors then in office shall be
                           considered a Continuing Director.

         b.       Termination.  If within the period beginning six months  
                  -----------
                  prior to and ending two years after a Change in Control, (i)
                  Bancorp or the Bank shall terminate the Officer's employment
                  Without Just Cause, or (ii) the Officer shall voluntarily
                  terminate his employment With Good Reason, Bancorp or the Bank
                  shall, within ten calendar days of the termination of
                  Officer's employment, make a lump-sum cash payment to him
                  equal to 2.99 times the sum of (x) his annual salary at the
                  highest annual rate in effect for any of the twelve months
                  immediately preceding the date of such termination, plus (y)
                  the amount of other compensation received


                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                  by him during the calendar year preceding the Change in
                  Control. This cash payment is subject to adjustment pursuant
                  to Section 14 of this Agreement, and shall be made in lieu of
                  any payment also required under section 10.g. of this
                  Agreement because of a termination in such period. The
                  officer's rights under Section 10.g. are not otherwise
                  affected by this Section 11. Also, in such event, the Officer
                  shall, for three calendar years following his termination of
                  employment, continue to participate in any benefit plans of
                  Bancorp and the Bank that provide health (including medical
                  and dental), life or disability insurance, or similar coverage
                  upon terms no less favorable than the most favorable terms
                  provided to senior officers of the Bank during such period.

         c.       Funding of Trust upon  Change in  Control. In order to assure
                  -----------------------------------------
                  payment to the Officer of amounts that may become payable by
                  Bancorp or the Bank pursuant to this Section, unless and to
                  the extent the Officer has previously provided a written
                  release of any claims under Section 11 of this Agreement, not
                  later than ten business days after a Change in Control,
                  Bancorp or the Bank shall (i) establish a valid trust under
                  the law of the State of Maryland with an independent trustee
                  that has or may be granted corporate trust powers under
                  Maryland law, (ii) deposit in such trust an amount equal to
                  2.99 times his "base amount" as defined in Section 280G(b)(3)
                  of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder (Section
                  280G and related regulations hereinafter referred to as
                  Section 280G"), at the time of the Change of Control, and
                  (iii) provide the trustee of the trust with a written
                  direction to hold said amount and any investment return
                  thereon in a segregated account, and to pay such amounts as
                  demanded by the Officer from the trust upon written demand
                  from the Officer stating the amount of the payment demanded
                  from the trust and the basis for his rights to such payment
                  under Section 11 of this Agreement. Upon the earlier of the
                  final payment of all amounts demanded by the Officer under
                  this Section 11 or the date thirty-six months after the Change
                  in Control, the trustee of the trust shall pay to Bancorp or
                  the Bank, as applicable, the entire balance remaining in the
                  trust. Payments from the trust to the Officer shall be
                  considered payments made by Bancorp or the Bank for purposes
                  of this Agreement. Payment of such amounts to the Officer from
                  the trust, however, shall not relieve Bancorp or the Bank from
                  any obligation to pay amounts in excess of those paid from the
                  trust, or from any obligation to take actions or refrain from
                  taking actions otherwise required by this Agreement. Unless
                  and until a termination of or by the Officer as described in
                  Section 11.b.(i) or (ii), the Officer's rights under this
                  Agreement shall be those of a general, unsecured creditor, he
                  shall have no claim against the assets of the trust, and the
                  assets of the trust shall remain subject to the claims of
                  creditors of Bancorp or the Bank. Upon the termination of the
                  trust as specified herein, the Officer shall have no further
                  interest in the trust.

12.      Indemnification and Liability Insurance.
         ---------------------------------------


                                       11
<PAGE>
 
         a.       Indemnification.  Bancorp and the Bank agree to indemnify 
                  ---------------
                  the Officer (and his heirs, executors, and administrators) to
                  the fullest extent permitted under applicable law and
                  regulations against any and all expenses and liabilities
                  reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out
                  of any action, suit, or proceeding in which he may be involved
                  by reason of his having been a director or officer of Bancorp
                  or the Bank or any of their subsidiaries (whether or not he
                  continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring
                  any such expenses or liabilities) such expenses and
                  liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgements,
                  court costs and attorney's fees and the cost of reasonable
                  settlements, such settlements to be approved by the Board of
                  Bancorp or the Bank, if such action is brought against the
                  Officer in his capacity as an officer or director of Bancorp
                  or the Bank or any of their subsidiaries. Indemnification for
                  expense shall not extend to matters for which the Officer has
                  been terminated for Just Cause. Nothing contained herein shall
                  be deemed to provide indemnification prohibited by applicable
                  law or regulation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
                  contrary, the obligations of this Section 12 shall survive the
                  term of this Agreement by a period of seven years.

         b.       Insurance.  During the period in which indemnification of 
                  ---------
                  the Officer is required under this Section, Bancorp or the
                  Bank shall provide the Officer (and his heirs, executors, and
                  administrators) with coverage under a directors' and officers'
                  liability policy at the expense of Bancorp or the Bank, at
                  least equivalent to such coverage provided to directors and
                  senior officers of Bancorp or the Bank, whichever is more
                  favorable to the Officer.

13.      Reimbursement of Officer's Expenses to Enforce this Agreement. Bancorp
         -------------------------------------------------------------
         or the Bank shall reimburse the Officer for all out-of-pocket expenses,
         including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by
         the Officer in connection with successful enforcement by the Officer of
         the obligations of Bancorp or the Bank to the Officer under this
         Agreement up to a maximum of $30,000. Successful enforcement shall mean
         the grant of an award of money or the requirement that Bancorp or the
         Bank take some action specified by this Agreement (i) as a result of
         court order; or (ii) otherwise by Bancorp or the Bank following an
         initial failure of Bancorp or the Bank to pay such money or take such
         action promptly after written demand therefor from the Officer stating
         the reason that such money or action was due under this Agreement at or
         prior to the time of such demand.

14.      Adjustment of Certain Payments and Benefits.
         -------------------------------------------

         a.       In the event that payments pursuant to this Agreement
                  (including, without limitation, any payment under any plan,
                  program, or arrangement referred to in Section 5 or 6 hereof)
                  would result in the imposition of a penalty tax pursuant to
                  Section 280G, such payments shall be reduced to equal the
                  maximum amount which may be paid under Section 280G without
                  exceeding such limits. In the event any such reduction in
                  payments is necessary, the Officer may determine, in

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                  his sole discretion, which categories of payments (including,
                  without limitation, the value of benefits or of acceleration
                  of vesting or receipt of benefits or amounts) are to be
                  reduced or eliminated.

         b.       Payments made to the Officer pursuant to this Agreement or
                  otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their
                  compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S) 1828
                  (k), relating to "golden parachute" and indemnification
                  payments and certain other benefits.

15.      Injunctive Relief. If there is a breach or threatened breach of Section
         -----------------
10.h. of this Agreement or the prohibitions upon disclosure contained in Section
9.c. of this Agreement, Bancorp or the Bank and the Officer agree that there is
no adequate remedy at law for such breach, and that Bancorp and the Bank each
shall be entitled to injunctive relief restraining the Officer from such breach
or threatened breach, but such relief shall not be the exclusive remedy
hereunder for such breach. The parties hereto likewise agree that the Officer
shall be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce the obligations of Bancorp and
the Bank under Section 11 of this Agreement.

16.      Successors and Assigns.
         ----------------------

         a.       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
                  upon any corporate or other successor of Bancorp or the Bank
                  which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger,
                  consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all
                  of the assets or stock of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.       Since the Bank and Bancorp are contracting for the unique and
                  personal skills of the Officer, the Officer shall be precluded
                  from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder
                  without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank and
                  Bancorp.

17.      No  Mitigation.  The Officer shall not be required to mitigate the 
         --------------
amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment
or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any
compensation or benefits provided to the Officer in any subsequent employment.

18.      Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications in
         -------
connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to
have been given when delivered by hand or 48 hours after mailing at any general
or branch United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall have been
designated in writing by the addressee:

         a.       If to Bancorp or the Bank:
                  Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.


                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                  Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland
                  17801 Georgia Avenue
                  Olney, Maryland 20832
                  Attention:  President and Chief Executive Officer
                  Copy to:    Corporate Secretary

         b.       If to the Officer:
                  James H. Langmead
                  7112 Chardon Court
                  Clarksville, Maryland     21029

19.      Joint and Severally Liability; Payments by Bancorp and the Bank. To the
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
extent permitted by law, except as otherwise provided herein, Bancorp and the
Bank shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all amounts due
under this Agreement. Bancorp hereby agrees that it shall be jointly and
severally liable with the Bank for the payment of all amounts due under this
Agreement and shall guarantee the performance of the Bank's obligations
thereunder, provided that Bancorp shall not be required by this Agreement to pay
to the Officer a salary or any bonuses or any other cash payments, except in the
event that the Bank does not fulfill the obligations to the Officer hereunder
for such payments. Bancorp may, however, pay salary and bonuses as deemed
appropriate by its Board in the exercise of its discretion.

20.      No Plan Created by this Agreement. The Officer, Bancorp and the Bank
         ---------------------------------
expressly declare and agree that this Agreement was negotiated among them and
that no provision or provisions of this Agreement are intended to, or shall be
deemed to, create any plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act or any other law or regulation, and Bancorp, the Bank and the
Officer each expressly waives any right to assert the contrary. Any assertion in
any judicial or administrative filing, hearing, or process by or on behalf of
the Officer or Bancorp or the Bank that such a plan was so created by this
Agreement shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by the party
making such an assertion.

21.      Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall 
         ----------
be binding unless made in writing and signed by all of the parties, except 
as herein otherwise specifically provided.

22.      Applicable  Law.  Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, the 
         ---------------
laws of the State of Maryland shall govern this Agreement in all respects,
whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

23.      Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be  deemed 
         ------------
severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

24.      Headings. Headings contained herein are for convenience of reference 
         --------
only.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
25.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any understanding or
         ----------------
modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute
the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof, other than written agreements with respect to specific plans, programs,
or arrangements described in Sections 5 and 6, and supersedes all prior
agreements other than with respect to such specific plans, programs, or
arrangements.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
the date first set forth above.


                                   SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND

                                   By: /s/ Hunter R. Hollar
                   
                                   Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
                   
                   
                                   SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
                   
                                   By: /s/ Hunter R. Hollar
                   
                                   Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
                   
                                   OFFICER
                   
                                   /s/ James H. Langmead
                                   James H. Langmead


                                       15

<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit 10(g)
<PAGE>
 
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

================================================================================

         THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), made this 30th day of January 1997,
by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., a registered bank holding company
("Bancorp"), Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland, a national banking
association and wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp with its main office in
Olney, Maryland (the "Bank"), and Lawrence T. Lewis (the "Officer").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Officer is employed as the Senior Vice President of the
Bank.

         WHEREAS, as a result of the skill, knowledge, and experience of the
Officer, the Board of Directors of the Bank (the "Board") desires to retain the
services of the Officer.

         WHEREAS, the Officer desires to continue to serve as the Senior Vice
President of the Bank.

         WHEREAS, the Officer and the Board and the Board of Directors of
Bancorp desire to enter into an Agreement setting forth the terms of conditions
of the continuing employment of the Officer and the related rights and
obligations of each of the parties.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1.       Employment. The Officer is employed as the Senior Vice President of 
         ----------
the Bank, reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer. Subject to
direction of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Officer shall
perform all duties and shall have all powers which are commonly incident to the
office of Senior Vice President or which, consistent with that office, are
delegated to him by the President and Chief Executive Officer. The officer shall
serve as a member of the Senior Officer Policy Committee and the Asset/
Liability Committee of the Bank, as Chairman of the Trust Investment Committee
and the Investment Committee of the Bank, and as an ex official member of the
Trust Committee of the Board. The Officer's duties include, but are not limited
to:

         a.       Making recommendations to the President and Chief Executive
                  Officer concerning the investment strategies, asset liability
                  position, and capital structure of Bancorp and the Bank and
                  related policies;

         b.       Managing the day-to-day investment functions of the Bank,
                  including supervision of the officers and employees engaged in
                  these functions;


                                       1
<PAGE>
 
         c.       Management oversight of the Investment Division of the 
                  Bank, including trust administration, asset management,
                  financial planning services, and retirement plan services;

         d.       Administrative oversight of the Audit Department (which
                  reports to the Board);

         e.       Promoting the Bank and its services;

         f.       Managing the efforts of Bancorp and the Bank to comply with
                  applicable laws and regulations relating to the investments of
                  the Bank; and

         g.       Providing complete, timely, and accurate reports to the
                  President and Chief Executive Officer of Bancorp and the Bank
                  regarding the Bank's investment portfolio and trust department
                  functions.

2.       Location and Facilities. The Officer will be furnished with the working
         -----------------------
facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the title and duties
set forth in Section 1 and as are necessary for him to perform his duties. The
location of such facilities and staff shall be at the principal administrative
offices of the Bank, or at such other site or sites customary for such offices.

3.       Term.
         ----

         a.       The term of this Agreement shall be (i) the initial term,
                  consisting of the period commencing on the date of this
                  Agreement (the "Effective Date") and ending immediately prior
                  to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, plus (ii) any
                  and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this
                  Section 3.

         b.       On each anniversary of the Effective Date prior to a
                  termination of the Agreement, the term under this Agreement
                  shall be extended for an additional one-year period beyond the
                  then effective expiration date without action by any party,
                  provided that neither the Bank nor the Officer shall have
                  given written notice at least sixty (60) days prior to such
                  anniversary date of its or his desire that the term not be
                  extended. The President and Chief Executive Officer will
                  review the Officer's performance and the advisability of
                  extending the term of this Agreement, and the Board shall,
                  based on such review, determine whether or not to extend the
                  term of this Agreement at a meeting or meetings at least
                  ninety (90) days prior to each anniversary date.

4.       Base Compensation.
         -----------------

         a.       The Bank agrees to pay the Officer during the term of this
                  Agreement a salary at the rate of $110,000 per annum, payable
                  in cash not less frequently than monthly, as may be adjusted
                  in accordance with this Section 4.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
         b.       The Human  Resources  Committee of the Bank (the  
                  "Committee") with the advice of the President and Chief
                  Executive Officer shall perform an annual analysis of the
                  Officer's performance and of the compensation of officers
                  performing similar functions at independent financial
                  institutions of comparable assets and performance, and based
                  upon this review, the recommendation of the President and
                  Chief Executive Officer, and on such other factors as it deems
                  pertinent, shall recommend to the Board the salary rate to be
                  paid beginning on the next April 1 following such review. The
                  Board shall review annually the rate of the Officer's salary
                  based upon this recommendation of the Committee and other
                  factors they deem relevant, and may maintain, increase or
                  decrease his salary, provided that no such action shall (i)
                  reduce the rate of salary below $110,000 or (ii) reduce the
                  rate of salary paid to the Officer for any months prior to the
                  month in which notice of the reduction is provided in writing
                  to the Officer.

         c.       In the absence of action by the Board, the Officer shall
                  continue to receive salary at the $110,000 per annum rate
                  specified herein or, if another rate has been established
                  under the provisions of this Section 4, the rate last properly
                  established by action of the Board under the provisions of
                  this Section 4.

5.       Bonuses. Unless the Officer agrees otherwise, he shall be entitled to
         -------
participate in discretionary bonuses that the Board may award from time to time
to senior management employees pursuant to bonus plans or otherwise. The Officer
also shall participate in any other fringe benefits which are or may become
available to senior management employees of the Bank, including for example: any
stock option or incentive compensation plans and any other benefits that are
commensurate with the responsibilities and functions to be performed by the
Officer under this Agreement. No other compensation provided for in this
Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the Officer's right to participate in
such discretionary bonuses or fringe benefits.

6.       Benefit Plans. The Officer shall be entitled to participate in such 
         -------------
life insurance, medical, dental, pension, profit sharing, and retirement plans
and other programs and arrangements as may be approved from time to time by
Bancorp or the Bank for the benefit of the employees of the Bank. In addition,
the Officer shall be entitled to participate in a nonstatutory supplemental
retirement plan or arrangement ("SERP") established for the Officer and in the
Executive Health Expense Reimbursement and Insurance Plans (together, the
"HERP") or a successor plan or plans that provide the same or greater level of
benefits as those provided to participants under the HERP as in effect on the
Effective Date. (The resolution of the Board of the Bank approving this
Agreement shall serve as a designation of eligibility to participate in the HERP
as of the Effective Time, if the Officer had not previously been designated as
eligible.)

7.       Vacation and Leave.
         ------------------

         a.       The Officer shall be entitled to five weeks (twenty-five
                  working days) of vacation with pay during each consecutive
                  twelve-month period commencing on January 1, 1997 and each
                  January 1 thereafter during the term of this Agreement, to be

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                  taken at reasonable times and in reasonable periods as the
                  Officer and the Bank shall mutually determine, and provided
                  that no vacation time shall interfere with the duties required
                  to be rendered by the Officer hereunder. Any vacation time not
                  used during a twelve-month period shall carry over and be
                  useable during the succeeding twelve-month period, but not
                  thereafter. The Officer shall not receive any additional
                  compensation from the Bank on account of his failure to take
                  vacation.

         b.       In addition to paid vacations, the Officer shall be entitled,
                  without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the
                  performance of his employment for such additional periods of
                  time and for such valid and legitimate reasons as the
                  President and Chief Executive Officer may in his discretion
                  determine. Further, the President and Chief Executive Officer
                  may grant to the Officer a leave or leaves of absence, with or
                  without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and
                  conditions as the President and Chief Executive Officer in his
                  discretion may determine.

8.       Expense Payments and Reimbursements. The Officer shall be reimbursed 
         -----------------------------------
for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses which he shall incur in 
connection with his services under this Agreement upon substantiation of such 
expenses in accordance with applicable policies of the Bank.

9.       Loyalty and Confidentiality.
         ---------------------------

         a.       During the term of this Agreement the Officer: (i) shall 
                  devote all his time, attention, skill, and efforts to the
                  faithful performance of his duties hereunder; provided,
                  however, that from time to time, the Officer may serve on the
                  boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or
                  positions in, companies or organizations which will not
                  present any conflict of interest with Bancorp or the Bank or
                  any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, unfavorably affect
                  the performance of Officer's duties pursuant to this
                  Agreement, or violate any applicable statute or regulation;
                  and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity contrary
                  to the business affairs or interests of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.       Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the
                  Officer's right to invest in the capital stock or other
                  securities of any business dissimilar from that of Bancorp and
                  the Bank, or, solely as a passive, minority investor, in any
                  business.

         c.       The Officer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any and
                  all information concerning the operation or financial status
                  of Bancorp and the Bank; the names or addresses of any of
                  their borrowers, depositors and other customers; any
                  information concerning or obtained from such customers; and
                  any other information concerning Bancorp or the Bank to which
                  he may be exposed during

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                  the course of his employment. The Officer further agrees that,
                  unless required by law or specifically permitted by Bancorp or
                  the Bank in writing, he will not disclose to any person or
                  entity, either during or subsequent to his employment, any of
                  the above-mentioned information which is not generally known
                  to the public, nor shall he employ such information in any way
                  other than for the benefit of Bancorp and the Bank.

10.      Termination and Termination Pay.  Subject to Section 11 of this  
         -------------------------------
Agreement, the Officer's employment under this Agreement may be terminated in
the following circumstances:

         a.       Death.  The Officer's employment under this Agreement shall 
                  -----
                  terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in
                  which event the Officer's estate shall be entitled to receive
                  the compensation due to the Officer through the last day of
                  the calendar month in which his death occurred.

         b.       Retirement.  This  Agreement shall be terminated upon the  
                  ----------
                  normal or early retirement of the Officer under the retirement
                  benefit plan or plans in which he participates pursuant to
                  Section 6 of this Agreement.

         c.       Disability.  The Bank or the Officer may terminate the  
                  ----------
                  Officer's employment after having established the Officer's
                  Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means
                  a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Officer's
                  ability to substantially perform his duties under this
                  Agreement and that results in the Officer's becoming eligible
                  for long-term disability benefits under Bancorp's or the
                  Bank's long-term disability plan (or, if Bancorp or the Bank
                  has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Officer's ability
                  to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement for a
                  period of one-hundred-eighty consecutive days). In the event
                  of such Disability, the Officer's obligation to perform
                  services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of
                  such termination, the Officer shall be entitled to receive the
                  following:

                  i.       The compensation and benefits provided for under this
                           Agreement for any period during the term of this
                           Agreement and prior to the date of termination
                           pursuant to this Section 10.c. during which the
                           Officer is unable to work due to physical or mental
                           infirmity (less any amounts which the Officer
                           receives under any disability insurance maintained by
                           Bancorp or the Bank with respect to such period);

                  ii.      For the period beginning upon the date of termination
                           pursuant to this Section 10.c. and continuing for the
                           remaining term of this Agreement, (A) salary at the
                           highest rate paid pursuant to Section 4 of this
                           Agreement during the twelve months prior to the
                           establishment of such disability under this Section
                           10.c., reduced by any payments received by the
                           Officer during such period following termination
                           under a long term disability plan 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                           or policy maintained by Bancorp or the Bank, and (B)
                           benefits pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement.

                  The Board shall determine whether or not the Officer is and
         continues to be permanently disabled for purposes of this Agreement in
         good faith, based upon competent medical advice and other factors that
         it reasonably believes to be relevant. As a condition to any benefits,
         such Board may require the Officer to submit to such physical or mental
         evaluations and tests as it deems reasonably appropriate.

         d.       Just Cause.
                  ----------

                  i.       The Board may, by written notice to the Officer 
                           in the form and manner specified in this paragraph,
                           immediately terminate his employment with the Bank at
                           any time for Just Cause. The Officer shall have no
                           right to receive compensation or other benefits for
                           any period after termination for Just Cause.
                           Termination for "Just Cause" shall mean termination
                           because of, in the good faith determination of the
                           Board, the Officer's:

                           (1)      Personal dishonesty;
                           (2)      Incompetence;
                           (3)      Willful misconduct;
                           (4)      Breach of fiduciary duty involving 
                                    personal profit;
                           (5)      Intentional failure to perform duties 
                                    under this Agreement;
                           (6)      Other, continuing material failure to 
                                    perform his duties under this Agreement
                                    after reasonable notification (which shall
                                    be stated in writing and given at least
                                    fifteen days prior to termination) by the
                                    Board of such failure;
                           (7)      Willful violation of any law, rule  
                                    or regulation (other than traffic
                                    violations or similar offenses) or final 
                                    cease-and-desist order; or
                           (8)      Material breach by the Officer of any 
                                    provision of this Agreement.

                  ii.      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Officer shall 
                           not be deemed to have been terminated for Just Cause
                           unless there shall have been delivered to the Officer
                           a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
                           affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the
                           entire membership of the Board at a meeting called
                           and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to
                           the Officer and an opportunity for the Officer to be
                           heard before the Board), finding that in the good
                           faith opinion of the Board the Officer was guilty of
                           conduct described above and specifying the
                           particulars thereof.

         e.       Certain Regulatory Events.
                  -------------------------

                  i.   If the Officer is removed and/or permanently prohibited
                  from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an
                  order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal
                  Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1818(e)(4)

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                  and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
                  shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but
                  vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

                  ii.  If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1)
                  of FDIA), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
                  shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights
                  of the parties shall not be affected.

                  iii. If a notice served under Sections 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of
                  the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)) suspends
                  and/or temporarily prohibits the Officer from participating in
                  the conduct of the Bank's affairs, the Bank's obligations
                  under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of such
                  service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the
                  charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may, in its
                  discretion, (i) pay the Officer all or part of the
                  compensation withheld while its contract obligations were
                  suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its
                  obligations which were suspended.

                  The occurrence of any of the events described in paragraphs i,
         ii, and iii above may be considered by the Board in connection with a
         termination for Just Cause.

         f.       Voluntary Termination by Officer. In addition to his other 
                  --------------------------------
         rights to terminate under this Agreement, the Officer may voluntarily
         terminate employment with the Bank during the term of this Agreement
         upon at least sixty days' prior written notice to the Bank, in which
         case the Officer shall receive only his compensation, vested rights and
         employee benefits up to the date of his termination.

         g.       Without Just Cause or With Good Reason.
                  --------------------------------------

                  i.  In addition to termination pursuant to Section 10.a.
                  through 10.f.: the Board may, by written notice to the
                  Officer, immediately terminate his employment with the Bank at
                  any time for a reason other than Just Cause (a termination
                  "Without Just Cause"); and the Officer may, by written notice
                  to the Board, immediately terminate this Agreement at any time
                  within ninety days following an event of "Good Reason" as
                  defined below (a termination "With Good Reason").

                  ii. Subject to Section 11 hereof, in the event of termination
                  under this Section 10.g., the Officer shall be entitled to
                  receive the salary for the remaining term of the Agreement,
                  including any renewals or extensions thereof, at the highest
                  annual rate in effect pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement
                  for any of the twelve months immediately preceding the date of
                  such termination, plus annual cash bonuses for each year
                  (prorated in the event of partial years) remaining under such
                  term at the amount received by the Officer in the calendar
                  year preceding the termination. The sum due under this Section
                  10.g. shall be paid in one lump sum within ten calendar days
                  of such termination.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                  iii.  "Good Reason" shall exist if, without Officer's express
                  written consent, Bancorp or the Bank materially breach any of
                  its respective obligations under this Agreement. Without
                  limitation, such a material breach shall be deemed to occur
                  upon any of the following:

                        (1)   A material reduction in the Officers's
                              responsibilities or authority in connection with
                              his employment with the Bank;

                        (2)   Assignment to the Officer of duties of a
                              nonexecutive nature or duties for which he is not
                              reasonably equipped by his skills and experience;

                        (3)   A reduction in salary or benefits contrary to the
                              terms of this Agreement, or, following a Change in
                              Control as defined in Section 11 of this
                              Agreement, any reduction in salary or material
                              reduction in benefits below the amounts to which
                              he was entitled prior to the Change in Control;

                        (4)   Termination of incentive and benefit plans,
                              programs, or arrangements, or reduction of the
                              Officer's participation to such an extent as to
                              materially reduce their aggregate value below
                              their aggregate value as of the Effective Date;

                        (5)   A requirement that the Officer relocate his
                              principal business office or his principal place
                              of residence outside Montgomery County, Maryland,
                              or the assignment to the Officer of duties that
                              would reasonably require such a relocation;

                        (6)   A requirement that the Officer spend more than
                              thirty normal working days away from Montgomery
                              County, Maryland during any consecutive 
                              twelve-month period; or

                        (7)   Failure to provide office facilities, secretarial
                              services, and other administrative services to
                              Officer which are substantially equivalent to the
                              facilities and services provided to the Officer on
                              the Effective Date (excluding brief periods during
                              which office facilities may be temporarily
                              unavailable due to fire, natural disaster, or
                              other calamity).

                  iv.   Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) a reduction or
                        elimination of the Officer's benefits under one or more
                        benefit plans maintained by Bancorp or the Bank as part
                        of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of
                        such plan or plans or benefits thereunder applicable to
                        all participants in a manner that does not discriminate
                        against the Officer (except as such discrimination may
                        be necessary to comply with law) shall not constitute an
                        event of Good Reason or a material breach of this
                        Agreement, provided that benefits of the type or to the
                        general extent as those offered under such plans prior
                        to such reduction or elimination are not available to
                        other officers of Bancorp or the Bank or any company
                        that controls either of them under a plan or plans in or
                        under which the Officer is not entitled to

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                           participate, and receive benefits, on a fair and
                           nondiscriminatory basis; and (B) a requirement that
                           the Officer report to and be subject to the direction
                           or supervision of a senior officer of Bancorp or the
                           Bank other than the President and Chief Executive
                           Officer shall not constitute an event of Good Reason
                           or a material breach of this Agreement.

         h.       Continuing Covenant not to Compete or Interfere with
                  ----------------------------------------------------
                  Relationships. Regardless of anything herein to the contrary,
                  -------------
                  following a termination (i) upon retirement pursuant to
                  Section 10.b., (ii) due to Disability pursuant to Section
                  10.c., (iii) for Just Cause pursuant to Section 10.d., or (iv)
                  by the Officer pursuant to Section 10.f.:

                  i.       The Officer's obligations under Section 9.c. of this
                           Agreement will continue in effect; and

                  ii.      During the remaining term of this Agreement
                           (determined immediately before such termination), the
                           Officer shall not serve as an officer or director or
                           employee of any bank holding company, bank, savings
                           association, savings and loan holding company, or
                           mortgage company (any of which, a "Financial
                           Institution"), which Financial Institution offers
                           products or services competing with those offered by
                           Bancorp or the Bank from offices in any county in the
                           State of Maryland or of any other State in which the
                           Bank, Bancorp or any of their subsidiaries has a
                           branch, and shall not interfere with the relationship
                           of Bancorp or the Bank and any of its employees,
                           agents, or representatives.

11.      Termination in Connection with a Change in Control.
         --------------------------------------------------

         a.       For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in Control" shall be
                  deemed to occur on the earliest of:

                  i.       The acquisition by any entity, person or group (other
                           than the acquisition by a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of beneficial
                           ownership, as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3
                           under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of more
                           than 25% of the outstanding capital stock of Bancorp
                           or the Bank entitled to vote for the election of
                           directors ("Voting Stock");

                  ii.      The commencement by any entity, person, or group
                           (other than Bancorp or the Bank, a subsidiary of
                           Bancorp or the Bank or a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of a tender
                           offer or an exchange offer for more than 20% of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank;

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                  iii.     The effective time of (a) a merger or consolidation
                           of Bancorp or the Bank with one or more other
                           corporations as a result of which the holders of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank
                           immediately prior to such merger exercise voting
                           control over less than 80% of the Voting Stock of the
                           surviving or resulting corporation, or (b) a transfer
                           of substantially all of the property of Bancorp or
                           the Bank other than to an entity of which Bancorp or
                           the Bank owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock;

                  iv.      Upon the acquisition by any entity, person, or group
                           of the control of the election of a majority of the
                           Bank's or Bancorp's directors,

                  v.       At such time that, during any period of two
                           consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
                           of such period constitute the Board of Bancorp or the
                           Bank (the "Continuing Directors") cease for any
                           reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof,
                           provided that any individual whose election or
                           nomination for election as a member of the Board was
                           approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
                           Continuing Directors then in office shall be
                           considered a Continuing Director.

         b.       Termination.  If within the period beginning six months prior 
                  -----------
                  to and ending two years after a Change in Control, (i) the
                  Bank shall terminate the Officer's employment Without Just
                  Cause, or (ii) the Officer shall voluntarily terminate his
                  employment With Good Reason, the Bank shall, within ten
                  calendar days of the termination of Officer's employment, make
                  a lump-sum cash payment to him equal to 2.99 times the sum of
                  (x) his annual salary at the highest annual rate in effect for
                  any of the twelve months immediately preceding the date of
                  such termination, plus (y) the amount of other compensation
                  received by him during the calendar year preceding the Change
                  in Control. This cash payment is subject to adjustment
                  pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, and shall be made in
                  lieu of any payment also required under section 10.g. of this
                  Agreement because of a termination in such period. The
                  Officer's rights under Section 10.g. are not otherwise
                  affected by this Section 11. Also, in such event, the Officer
                  shall, for three calendar years following his termination of
                  employment, continue to participate in any benefit plans of
                  Bancorp and the Bank that provide health (including medical
                  and dental), life or disability insurance, or similar coverage
                  upon terms no less favorable than the most favorable terms
                  provided to senior officers of the Bank during such period.

         c.       Funding of Trust upon Change in Control.  In order to assure
                  ---------------------------------------
                  payment to the Officer of amounts that may become payable by
                  Bancorp or the Bank pursuant to this Section, unless and to
                  the extent the Officer has previously provided a written
                  release of any claims under Section 11 of this Agreement, not
                  later than ten business days after a Change in Control,
                  Bancorp or the Bank shall (i) establish 

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                  a valid trust under the law of the State of Maryland with an
                  independent trustee that has or may be granted corporate trust
                  powers under Maryland law, (ii) deposit in such trust an
                  amount equal to 2.99 times his "base amount" as defined in
                  Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and regulations promulgated
                  thereunder (Section 280G and related regulations hereinafter
                  referred to as Section 280G"), at the time of the Change of
                  Control, and (iii) provide the trustee of the trust with a
                  written direction to hold said amount and any investment
                  return thereon in a segregated account, and to pay such
                  amounts as demanded by the Officer from the trust upon written
                  demand from the Officer stating the amount of the payment
                  demanded from the trust and the basis for his rights to such
                  payment under Section 11 of this Agreement. Upon the earlier
                  of the final payment of all amounts demanded by the Officer
                  under this Section 11 or the date thirty-six months after the
                  Change in Control, the trustee of the trust shall pay to
                  Bancorp or the Bank, as applicable, the entire balance
                  remaining in the trust. Payments from the trust to the Officer
                  shall be considered payments made by Bancorp or the Bank for
                  purposes of this Agreement. Payment of such amounts to the
                  Officer from the trust, however, shall not relieve Bancorp or
                  the Bank from any obligation to pay amounts in excess of those
                  paid from the trust, or from any obligation to take actions or
                  refrain from taking actions otherwise required by this
                  Agreement. Unless and until a termination of or by the Officer
                  as described in Section 11.b.(i) or (ii), the Officer's rights
                  under this Agreement shall be those of a general, unsecured
                  creditor, he shall have no claim against the assets of the
                  trust, and the assets of the trust shall remain subject to the
                  claims of creditors of Bancorp or the Bank. Upon the
                  termination of the trust as specified herein, the Officer
                  shall have no further interest in the trust.

12.      Indemnification and Liability Insurance.
         ---------------------------------------

         a.       Indemnification.  Bancorp and the Bank agree to indemnify the 
                  ----------------
                  Officer (and his heirs, executors, and administrators) to the
                  fullest extent permitted under applicable law and regulations
                  against any and all expenses and liabilities reasonably
                  incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any
                  action, suit, or proceeding in which he may be involved by
                  reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or
                  any of their subsidiaries (whether or not he continues to be a
                  director or officer at the time of incurring any such expenses
                  or liabilities) such expenses and liabilities to include, but
                  not be limited to, judgements, court costs and attorney's fees
                  and the cost of reasonable settlements, such settlements to be
                  approved by the Board of Bancorp or the Bank, if such action
                  is brought against the Officer in his capacity as an officer
                  or director of Bancorp or the Bank or any of their
                  subsidiaries. Indemnification for expense shall not extend to
                  matters for which the Officer has been terminated for Just
                  Cause. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to provide
                  indemnification prohibited by applicable law or regulation.
                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                  the obligations of this Section 12 shall survive the term of
                  this Agreement by a period of seven years.

         b.       Insurance.  During the period in which indemnification of 
                  ---------
                  the Officer is required under this Section, Bancorp or the
                  Bank shall provide the Officer (and his heirs, executors, and
                  administrators) with coverage under a directors' and officers'
                  liability policy at the expense of Bancorp or the Bank, at
                  least equivalent to such coverage provided to directors and
                  senior officers of Bancorp or the Bank, whichever is more
                  favorable to the Officer.

13.      Reimbursement of Officer's Expenses to Enforce this Agreement. 
         -------------------------------------------------------------
Bancorp or the Bank shall reimburse the Officer for all out-of-pocket expenses,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the
Officer in connection with successful enforcement by the Officer of the
obligations of Bancorp or the Bank to the Officer under this Agreement up to a
maximum of $30,000. Successful enforcement shall mean the grant of an award of
money or the requirement that Bancorp or the Bank take some action specified by
this Agreement (i) as a result of court order; or (ii) otherwise by Bancorp or
the Bank following an initial failure of Bancorp or the Bank to pay such money
or take such action promptly after written demand therefor from the Officer
stating the reason that such money or action was due under this Agreement at or
prior to the time of such demand.

14.      Adjustment of Certain Payments and Benefits.
         -------------------------------------------

         a.       In the event that payments pursuant to this Agreement  
                  (including, without limitation, any payment under any plan,
                  program, or arrangement referred to in Section 5 or 6 hereof)
                  would result in the imposition of a penalty tax pursuant to
                  Section 280G, such payments shall be reduced to equal the
                  maximum amount which may be paid under Section 280G without
                  exceeding such limits. In the event any such reduction in
                  payments is necessary, the Officer may determine, in his sole
                  discretion, which categories of payments (including, without
                  limitation, the value of benefits or of acceleration of
                  vesting or receipt of benefits or amounts) are to be reduced
                  or eliminated.

         b.       Payments made to the Officer pursuant to this Agreement or
                  otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their
                  compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S) 1828
                  (k), relating to "golden parachute" and indemnification
                  payments and certain other benefits.

15.      Injunctive Relief. If there is a breach or threatened breach of 
         -----------------
Section 10.h. of this Agreement or the prohibitions upon disclosure contained in
Section 9.c. of this Agreement, Bancorp or the Bank and the Officer agree that
there is no adequate remedy at law for such breach, and that Bancorp and the
Bank each shall be entitled to
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
injunctive relief restraining the Officer from such breach or threatened breach,
but such relief shall not be the exclusive remedy hereunder for such breach. The
parties hereto likewise agree that the Officer shall be entitled to injunctive
relief to enforce the obligations of Bancorp and the Bank under Section 11 of
this Agreement.

16.      Successors and Assigns.
         ----------------------

         a.       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
                  upon any corporate or other successor of Bancorp or the Bank
                  which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger,
                  consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all
                  of the assets or stock of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.       Since the Bank and Bancorp are contracting for the unique and
                  personal skills of the Officer, the Officer shall be precluded
                  from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder
                  without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank and
                  Bancorp.

17.      No Mitigation.  The Officer shall not be required to mitigate the 
         -------------
amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment
or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any
compensation or benefits provided to the Officer in any subsequent employment.

18.      Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications in
         -------
connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to
have been given when delivered by hand or 48 hours after mailing at any general
or branch United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall have been
designated in writing by the addressee:

         a.       If to Bancorp or the Bank:
                  Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
                  Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland
                  17801 Georgia Avenue
                  Olney, Maryland 20832
                  Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer
                  Copy to:   Corporate Secretary

         b.       If to the Officer:
                  Lawrence T. Lewis
                  4040 Roxmill Court
                  Glenwood, Maryland  21738

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
19.      Joint and Severally Liability; Payments by Bancorp and the Bank. To the
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
extent permitted by law, except as otherwise provided herein, Bancorp and the
Bank shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all amounts due
under this Agreement. Bancorp hereby agrees that it shall be jointly and
severally liable with the Bank for the payment of all amounts due under this
Agreement and shall guarantee the performance of the Bank's obligations
thereunder, provided that Bancorp shall not be required by this Agreement to pay
to the Officer a salary or any bonuses or any other cash payments, except in the
event that the Bank does not fulfill the obligations to the Officer hereunder
for such payments. Bancorp may, however, pay salary and bonuses as deemed
appropriate by its Board in the exercise of its discretion.

20.      No Plan Created by this Agreement. The Officer, Bancorp and the Bank
         ---------------------------------
expressly declare and agree that this Agreement was negotiated among them and
that no provision or provisions of this Agreement are intended to, or shall be
deemed to, create any plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act or any other law or regulation, and Bancorp, the Bank and the
Officer each expressly waives any right to assert the contrary. Any assertion in
any judicial or administrative filing, hearing, or process by or on behalf of
the Officer or Bancorp or the Bank that such a plan was so created by this
Agreement shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by the party
making such an assertion.

21.      Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall 
         ----------
be binding unless made in writing and signed by all of the parties, except as
herein otherwise specifically provided.

22.      Applicable Law.  Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, 
         --------------
the laws of the State of Maryland shall govern this Agreement in all respects,
whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

23.      Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed
         ------------
severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

24.      Headings. Headings contained herein are for convenience of reference 
         --------
only.

25.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any understanding or
         ----------------
modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute
the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof, other than written agreements with respect to specific plans, programs,
or arrangements described in Sections 5 and 6, and supersedes all prior
agreements other than with respect to such specific plans, programs, or
arrangements.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
the date first set forth above.


                               SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND

                               By: /s/ Hunter R. Hollar

                               Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                               SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

                               By: /s/ Hunter R. Hollar

                               Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                               OFFICER
                               /s/ Lawrence T. Lewis
                               Lawrence T. Lewis

                                       15

<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit 10(h)
<PAGE>
 
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

================================================================================

         THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), made this 30th day of January 1997,
by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., a registered bank holding company
("Bancorp"), Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland, a national banking
association and wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp with its main office in
Olney, Maryland (the "Bank"), and Stanley L. Merson (the "Officer").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Officer is employed as the Senior Vice President of the
Bank.

         WHEREAS, as a result of the skill, knowledge, and experience of the
Officer, the Board of Directors of the Bank (the "Board") desires to retain the
services of the Officer.

         WHEREAS, the Officer desires to continue to serve as the Senior Vice
President of the Bank.

         WHEREAS, the Officer and the Board and the Board of Directors of
Bancorp desire to enter into an Agreement setting forth the terms of conditions
of the continuing employment of the Officer and the related rights and
obligations of each of the parties.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1.       Employment. The Officer is employed as the Senior Vice President of the
         ----------
Bank, reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer. Subject to
direction of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Officer shall
perform all duties and shall have all powers which are commonly incident to the
office of Senior Vice President or which, consistent with that office, are
delegated to him by the President and Chief Executive Officer. The officer shall
serve as a member of the Senior Officer Policy Committee and the Asset/Liability
Committee, and as Chairman of the Senior Loan Committee of the Bank. The
Officer's duties include, but are not limited to:

         a.       Making recommendations to the President and Chief Executive
                  Officer concerning commercial and mortgage lending and related
                  loan quality assurance strategies, policies, needs, and
                  tactics of Bancorp and the Bank;

         b.       Management oversight of the day-to-day commercial lending
                  functions of the Bank, including supervision of the officers
                  and employees engaged in these functions;

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
         c.       Serving as President of Sandy Spring Mortgage Corporation
                  ("SSMC") and management oversight of the residential mortgage
                  functions of SSMC and the Bank, including supervision of the
                  officers and employees engaged in these functions;

         d.       Promoting the Bank and its services;

         e.       Managing the efforts of the Bank to comply with applicable
                  laws and regulations relating to commercial and mortgage
                  lending; and

         f.       Providing complete, timely, and accurate reports to the
                  President and Chief Executive Officer of Bancorp and the Bank
                  regarding the commercial and mortgage loan portfolio and
                  related lending functions.

2.       Location and Facilities. The Officer will be furnished with the working
         -----------------------
facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the title and duties
set forth in Section 1 and as are necessary for him to perform his duties. The
location of such facilities and staff shall be at the principal administrative
offices of the Bank, or at such other site or sites customary for such offices.

3.       Term.
         ----

         a.       The term of this Agreement shall be (i) the initial term,
                  consisting of the period commencing on the date of this
                  Agreement (the "Effective Date") and ending immediately prior
                  to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, plus (ii) any
                  and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this
                  Section 3.

         b.       On each anniversary of the Effective Date prior to a
                  termination of the Agreement, the term under this Agreement
                  shall be extended for an additional one-year period beyond the
                  then effective expiration date without action by any party,
                  provided that neither the Bank nor the Officer shall have
                  given written notice at least sixty (60) days prior to such
                  anniversary date of its or his desire that the term not be
                  extended. The President and Chief Executive Officer will
                  review the Officer's performance and the advisability of
                  extending the term of this Agreement, and the Board shall,
                  based on such review, determine whether or not to extend the
                  term of this Agreement at a meeting or meetings at least
                  ninety (90) days prior to each anniversary date.

4.       Base Compensation.
         ------------------

         a.       The Bank agrees to pay the Officer during the term of this
                  Agreement a salary at the rate of $100,000 per annum, payable
                  in cash not less frequently than monthly, as may be adjusted
                  in accordance with this Section 4.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
         b.       The Human Resources Committee of the Bank (the "Committee")
                  with the advice of the President and Chief Executive Officer
                  shall perform an annual analysis of the Officer's performance
                  and of the compensation of officers performing similar
                  functions at independent financial institutions of comparable
                  assets and performance, and based upon this review, the
                  recommendation of the President and Chief Executive Officer,
                  and on such other factors as it deems pertinent, shall
                  recommend to the Board the salary rate to be paid beginning on
                  the next April 1 following such review. The Board shall review
                  annually the rate of the Officer's salary based upon this
                  recommendation of the Committee and other factors they deem
                  relevant, and may maintain, increase or decrease his salary,
                  provided that no such action shall (i) reduce the rate of
                  salary below $100,000 or (ii) reduce the rate of salary paid
                  to the Officer for any months prior to the month in which
                  notice of the reduction is provided in writing to the Officer.

         c.       In the absence of action by the Board, the Officer shall
                  continue to receive salary at the $100,000 per annum rate
                  specified herein or, if another rate has been established
                  under the provisions of this Section 4, the rate last properly
                  established by action of the Board under the provisions of
                  this Section 4.

5.       Bonuses. Unless the Officer agrees otherwise, he shall be entitled to
         -------
participate in discretionary bonuses that the Board may award from time to time
to senior management employees pursuant to bonus plans or otherwise. The Officer
also shall participate in any other fringe benefits which are or may become
available to senior management employees of the Bank, including for example: any
stock option or incentive compensation plans and any other benefits that are
commensurate with the responsibilities and functions to be performed by the
Officer under this Agreement. No other compensation provided for in this
Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the Officer's right to participate in
such discretionary bonuses or fringe benefits.

6.       Benefit Plans. The Officer shall be entitled to participate in such 
         -------------
life insurance, medical, dental, pension, profit sharing, and retirement plans
and other programs and arrangements as may be approved from time to time by
Bancorp or the Bank for the benefit of the employees of the Bank. In addition,
the Officer shall be entitled to participate in a nonstatutory supplemental
retirement plan or arrangement ("SERP") established for the Officer and in the
Executive Health Expense Reimbursement and Insurance Plans (together, the
"HERP") or a successor plan or plans that provide the same or greater level of
benefits as those provided to participants under the HERP as in effect on the
Effective Date. (The resolution of the Board of the Bank approving this
Agreement shall serve as a designation of eligibility to participate in the HERP
as of the Effective Time, if the Officer had not previously been designated as
eligible.)

7.       Vacation and Leave.
         ------------------

         a.       The Officer shall be entitled to five weeks (twenty-five
                  working days) of vacation with pay during each consecutive
                  twelve-month period commencing on January 1, 1997 and each
                  January 1 thereafter during the term of this Agreement, to be

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                  taken at reasonable times and in reasonable periods as the
                  Officer and the Bank shall mutually determine, and provided
                  that no vacation time shall interfere with the duties required
                  to be rendered by the Officer hereunder. Any vacation time not
                  used during a twelve-month period shall carry over and be
                  useable during the succeeding twelve-month period, but not
                  thereafter. The Officer shall not receive any additional
                  compensation from the Bank on account of his failure to take
                  vacation.

         b.       In addition to paid vacations, the Officer shall be entitled,
                  without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the
                  performance of his employment for such additional periods of
                  time and for such valid and legitimate reasons as the
                  President and Chief Executive Officer may in his discretion
                  determine. Further, the President and Chief Executive Officer
                  may grant to the Officer a leave or leaves of absence, with or
                  without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and
                  conditions as the President and Chief Executive Officer in his
                  discretion may determine.

8.       Expense Payments and Reimbursements. The Officer shall be reimbursed 
         -----------------------------------
for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses which he shall incur in
connection with his services under this Agreement upon substantiation of such
expenses in accordance with applicable policies of the Bank.

9.       Loyalty and Confidentiality.
         ---------------------------

         a.       During the term of this Agreement the Officer: (i) shall 
                  devote all his time, attention, skill, and efforts to the
                  faithful performance of his duties hereunder; provided,
                  however, that from time to time, the Officer may serve on the
                  boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or
                  positions in, companies or organizations which will not
                  present any conflict of interest with Bancorp or the Bank or
                  any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, unfavorably affect
                  the performance of Officer's duties pursuant to this
                  Agreement, or violate any applicable statute or regulation;
                  and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity contrary
                  to the business affairs or interests of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.       Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the
                  Officer's right to invest in the capital stock or other
                  securities of any business dissimilar from that of Bancorp and
                  the Bank, or, solely as a passive, minority investor, in any
                  business.

         c.       The Officer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any and
                  all information concerning the operation or financial status
                  of Bancorp and the Bank; the names or addresses of any of
                  their borrowers, depositors and other customers; any
                  information concerning or obtained from such customers; and
                  any other information concerning Bancorp or the Bank to which
                  he may be exposed during

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                  the course of his employment. The Officer further agrees that,
                  unless required by law or specifically permitted by Bancorp or
                  the Bank in writing, he will not disclose to any person or
                  entity, either during or subsequent to his employment, any of
                  the above-mentioned information which is not generally known
                  to the public, nor shall he employ such information in any way
                  other than for the benefit of Bancorp and the Bank.

10.      Termination and Termination Pay.  Subject to Section 11 of this  
         ----------------------------------
Agreement, the Officer's employment under this Agreement may be terminated 
in the following circumstances:

         a.       Death.  The Officer's employment under this Agreement shall 
                  -----
                  terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in
                  which event the Officer's estate shall be entitled to receive
                  the compensation due to the Officer through the last day of
                  the calendar month in which his death occurred.

         b.       Retirement.  This Agreement shall be terminated upon the  
                  ----------
                  normal or early retirement of the Officer under the retirement
                  benefit plan or plans in which he participates pursuant to
                  Section 6 of this Agreement.

         c.       Disability.  The Bank or the Officer may terminate the  
                  ----------
                  Officer's employment after having established the Officer's
                  Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means
                  a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Officer's
                  ability to substantially perform his duties under this
                  Agreement and that results in the Officer's becoming eligible
                  for long-term disability benefits under Bancorp's or the
                  Bank's long-term disability plan (or, if Bancorp or the Bank
                  has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Officer's ability
                  to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement for a
                  period of one-hundred-eighty consecutive days). In the event
                  of such Disability, the Officer's obligation to perform
                  services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of
                  such termination, the Officer shall be entitled to receive the
                  following:

                  i.       The compensation and benefits provided for under this
                           Agreement for any period during the term of this
                           Agreement and prior to the date of termination
                           pursuant to this Section 10.c. during which the
                           Officer is unable to work due to physical or mental
                           infirmity (less any amounts which the Officer
                           receives under any disability insurance maintained by
                           Bancorp or the Bank with respect to such period);

                  ii.      For the period beginning upon the date of termination
                           pursuant to this Section 10.c. and continuing for the
                           remaining term of this Agreement, (A) salary at the
                           highest rate paid pursuant to Section 4 of this
                           Agreement during the twelve months prior to the
                           establishment of such disability under this Section
                           10.c., reduced by any payments received by the
                           Officer during such period following termination
                           under a long term disability plan 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                           or policy maintained by Bancorp or the Bank, and (B)
                           benefits pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement.

                  The Board shall determine whether or not the Officer is and
         continues to be permanently disabled for purposes of this Agreement in
         good faith, based upon competent medical advice and other factors that
         it reasonably believes to be relevant. As a condition to any benefits,
         such Board may require the Officer to submit to such physical or mental
         evaluations and tests as it deems reasonably appropriate.

         d.       Just Cause.
                  ----------

                  i.       The Board may, by written notice to the Officer in
                           the form and manner specified in this paragraph,
                           immediately terminate his employment with the Bank at
                           any time for Just Cause. The Officer shall have no
                           right to receive compensation or other benefits for
                           any period after termination for Just Cause.
                           Termination for "Just Cause" shall mean termination
                           because of, in the good faith determination of the
                           Board, the Officer's:

                           (1)      Personal dishonesty;
                           (2)      Incompetence;
                           (3)      Willful misconduct;
                           (4)      Breach of fiduciary duty involving personal 
                                    profit;
                           (5)      Intentional failure to perform duties under 
                                    this Agreement;
                           (6)      Other, continuing material failure to
                                    perform his duties under this Agreement
                                    after reasonable notification (which shall
                                    be stated in writing and given at least
                                    fifteen days prior to termination) by the
                                    Board of such failure;
                           (7)      Willful violation of any law, rule or
                                    regulation (other than traffic violations or
                                    similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist
                                    order; or
                           (8)      Material breach by the Officer of any 
                                    provision of this Agreement.

                  ii.      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Officer shall not
                           be deemed to have been terminated for Just Cause
                           unless there shall have been delivered to the Officer
                           a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
                           affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the
                           entire membership of the Board at a meeting called
                           and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to
                           the Officer and an opportunity for the Officer to be
                           heard before the Board), finding that in the good
                           faith opinion of the Board the Officer was guilty of
                           conduct described above and specifying the
                           particulars thereof.

         e.       Certain Regulatory Events.
                  -------------------------

                  i. If the Officer is removed and/or permanently prohibited
                  from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an
                  order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                  or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") 
                  (12 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of
                  the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the
                  effective date of the order, but vested rights of the parties
                  shall not be affected.

                  ii. If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1)
                  of FDIA), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
                  shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights
                  of the parties shall not be affected.

                  iii. If a notice served under Sections 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of
                  the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)) suspends
                  and/or temporarily prohibits the Officer from participating in
                  the conduct of the Bank's affairs, the Bank's obligations
                  under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of such
                  service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the
                  charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may, in its
                  discretion, (i) pay the Officer all or part of the
                  compensation withheld while its contract obligations were
                  suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its
                  obligations which were suspended.

                  The occurrence of any of the events described in paragraphs i,
         ii, and iii above may be considered by the Board in connection with a
         termination for Just Cause.

         f.       Voluntary Termination by Officer. In addition to his other 
                  --------------------------------
         rights to terminate under this Agreement, the Officer may voluntarily
         terminate employment with the Bank during the term of this Agreement
         upon at least sixty days' prior written notice to the Bank, in which
         case the Officer shall receive only his compensation, vested rights and
         employee benefits up to the date of his termination.

         g.       Without Just Cause or With Good Reason.
                  --------------------------------------

                  i.       In addition to termination pursuant to Section 10.a.
                  through 10.f.: the Board may, by written notice to the
                  Officer, immediately terminate his employment with the Bank at
                  any time for a reason other than Just Cause (a termination
                  "Without Just Cause"); and the Officer may, by written notice
                  to the Board, immediately terminate this Agreement at any time
                  within ninety days following an event of "Good Reason" as
                  defined below (a termination "With Good Reason").

                  ii.      Subject to Section 11 hereof, in the event of 
                  termination under this Section 10.g., the Officer shall be
                  entitled to receive the salary for the remaining term of the
                  Agreement, including any renewals or extensions thereof, at
                  the highest annual rate in effect pursuant to Section 4 of
                  this Agreement for any of the twelve months immediately
                  preceding the date of such termination, plus annual cash
                  bonuses for each year (prorated in the event of partial years)
                  remaining under such term at the amount received by the
                  Officer in the calendar year preceding the termination. The
                  sum due under this Section 10.g. shall be paid in one lump sum
                  within ten calendar days of such termination.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                  iii.      "Good Reason" shall exist if, without Officer's 
                  express written consent, Bancorp or the Bank materially breach
                  any of its respective obligations under this Agreement.
                  Without limitation, such a material breach shall be deemed to
                  occur upon any of the following:

                           (1)      A material reduction in the Officer's
                                    responsibilities or authority in connection
                                    with his employment with the Bank;
                           (2)      Assignment to the Officer of duties of a
                                    nonexecutive nature or duties for which he
                                    is not reasonably equipped by his skills and
                                    experience;
                           (3)      A reduction in salary or benefits contrary
                                    to the terms of this Agreement, or,
                                    following a Change in Control as defined in
                                    Section 11 of this Agreement, any reduction
                                    in salary or material reduction in benefits
                                    below the amounts to which he was entitled
                                    prior to the Change in Control;
                           (4)      Termination of incentive and benefit plans,
                                    programs, or arrangements, or reduction of
                                    the Officer's participation to such an
                                    extent as to materially reduce their
                                    aggregate value below their aggregate value
                                    as of the Effective Date;
                           (5)      A requirement that the Officer relocate his
                                    principal business office or his principal
                                    place of residence outside Montgomery
                                    County, Maryland, or the assignment to the
                                    Officer of duties that would reasonably
                                    require such a relocation;
                           (6)      A requirement that the Officer spend more
                                    than thirty normal working days away from
                                    Montgomery County, Maryland during any
                                    consecutive twelve-month period; or
                           (7)      Failure to provide office facilities,
                                    secretarial services, and other
                                    administrative services to Officer which are
                                    substantially equivalent to the facilities
                                    and services provided to the Officer on the
                                    Effective Date (excluding brief periods
                                    during which office facilities may be
                                    temporarily unavailable due to fire, natural
                                    disaster, or other calamity).

                  iv.      Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) a reduction or
                           elimination of the Officer's benefits under one or
                           more benefit plans maintained by Bancorp or the Bank
                           as part of a good faith, overall reduction or
                           elimination of such plan or plans or benefits
                           thereunder applicable to all participants in a manner
                           that does not discriminate against the Officer
                           (except as such discrimination may be necessary to
                           comply with law) shall not constitute an event of
                           Good Reason or a material breach of this Agreement,
                           provided that benefits of the type or to the general
                           extent as those offered under such plans prior to
                           such reduction or elimination are not available to
                           other officers of Bancorp or the Bank or any company
                           that controls either of

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                           them under a plan or plans in or under which the
                           Officer is not entitled to participate, and receive
                           benefits, on a fair and nondiscriminatory basis; and
                           (B) a requirement that the Officer report to and be
                           subject to the direction or supervision of a senior
                           officer of Bancorp or the Bank other than the
                           President and Chief Executive Officer shall not
                           constitute an event of Good Reason or a material
                           breach of this Agreement.

         h.       Continuing Covenant not to Compete or Interfere with
                  ----------------------------------------------------
                  Relationships. Regardless of anything herein to the contrary,
                  -------------
                  following a termination (i) upon retirement pursuant to
                  Section 10.b., (ii) due to Disability pursuant to Section
                  10.c., (iii) for Just Cause pursuant to Section 10.d., or (iv)
                  by the Officer pursuant to Section 10.f.:

                  i.       The Officer's obligations under Section 9.c. of this
                           Agreement will continue in effect; and

                  ii.      During the remaining term of this Agreement
                           (determined immediately before such termination), the
                           Officer shall not serve as an officer or director or
                           employee of any bank holding company, bank, savings
                           association, savings and loan holding company, or
                           mortgage company (any of which, a "Financial
                           Institution"), which Financial Institution offers
                           products or services competing with those offered by
                           Bancorp or the Bank from offices in any county in the
                           State of Maryland or of any other State in which the
                           Bank, Bancorp or any of their subsidiaries has a
                           branch, and shall not interfere with the relationship
                           of Bancorp or the Bank and any of its employees,
                           agents, or representatives.

11.      Termination in Connection with a Change in Control.
         --------------------------------------------------

         a.       For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in Control" shall be
                  deemed to occur on the earliest of:

                  i.       The acquisition by any entity, person or group (other
                           than the acquisition by a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of beneficial
                           ownership, as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3
                           under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of more
                           than 25% of the outstanding capital stock of Bancorp
                           or the Bank entitled to vote for the election of
                           directors ("Voting Stock");

                  ii.      The commencement by any entity, person, or group
                           (other than Bancorp or the Bank, a subsidiary of
                           Bancorp or the Bank or a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of a tender
                           offer or an exchange offer for more than 20% of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank;

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                  iii.     The effective time of (a) a merger or consolidation
                           of Bancorp or the Bank with one or more other
                           corporations as a result of which the holders of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank
                           immediately prior to such merger exercise voting
                           control over less than 80% of the Voting Stock of the
                           surviving or resulting corporation, or (b) a transfer
                           of substantially all of the property of Bancorp or
                           the Bank other than to an entity of which Bancorp or
                           the Bank owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock;

                  iv.      Upon the acquisition by any entity, person, or group
                           of the control of the election of a majority of the
                           Bank's or Bancorp's directors,

                  v.       At such time that, during any period of two
                           consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
                           of such period constitute the Board of Bancorp or the
                           Bank (the "Continuing Directors") cease for any
                           reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof,
                           provided that any individual whose election or
                           nomination for election as a member of the Board was
                           approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
                           Continuing Directors then in office shall be
                           considered a Continuing Director.

         b.       Termination.  If within the period beginning six months
                  -----------
                  prior to and ending two years after a Change in Control, (i)
                  the Bank shall terminate the Officer's employment Without Just
                  Cause, or (ii) the Officer shall voluntarily terminate his
                  employment With Good Reason, the Bank shall, within ten
                  calendar days of the termination of Officer's employment, make
                  a lump-sum cash payment to him equal to 2.99 times the sum of
                  (x) his annual salary at the highest annual rate in effect for
                  any of the twelve months immediately preceding the date of
                  such termination, plus (y) the amount of other compensation
                  received by him during the calendar year preceding the Change
                  in Control. This cash payment is subject to adjustment
                  pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, and shall be made in
                  lieu of any payment also required under section 10.g. of this
                  Agreement because of a termination in such period. The
                  Officer's rights under Section 10.g. are not otherwise
                  affected by this Section 11. Also, in such event, the Officer
                  shall, for three calendar years following his termination of
                  employment, continue to participate in any benefit plans of
                  Bancorp and the Bank that provide health (including medical
                  and dental), life or disability insurance, or similar coverage
                  upon terms no less favorable than the most favorable terms
                  provided to senior officers of the Bank during such period.

         c.       Funding of Trust upon Change in Control.  In order to assure
                  ---------------------------------------
                  payment to the Officer of amounts that may become payable by
                  Bancorp or the Bank pursuant to this Section, unless and to
                  the extent the Officer has previously provided a written
                  release of any claims under Section 11 of this Agreement, not
                  later than ten

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                  business days after a Change in Control, Bancorp or the Bank
                  shall (i) establish a valid trust under the law of the State
                  of Maryland with an independent trustee that has or may be
                  granted corporate trust powers under Maryland law, (ii)
                  deposit in such trust an amount equal to 2.99 times his "base
                  amount" as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and
                  regulations promulgated thereunder (Section 280G and related
                  regulations hereinafter referred to as Section 280G"), at the
                  time of the Change of Control, and (iii) provide the trustee
                  of the trust with a written direction to hold said amount and
                  any investment return thereon in a segregated account, and to
                  pay such amounts as demanded by the Officer from the trust
                  upon written demand from the Officer stating the amount of the
                  payment demanded from the trust and the basis for his rights
                  to such payment under Section 11 of this Agreement. Upon the
                  earlier of the final payment of all amounts demanded by the
                  Officer under this Section 11 or the date thirty-six months
                  after the Change in Control, the trustee of the trust shall
                  pay to Bancorp or the Bank, as applicable, the entire balance
                  remaining in the trust. Payments from the trust to the Officer
                  shall be considered payments made by Bancorp or the Bank for
                  purposes of this Agreement. Payment of such amounts to the
                  Officer from the trust, however, shall not relieve Bancorp or
                  the Bank from any obligation to pay amounts in excess of those
                  paid from the trust, or from any obligation to take actions or
                  refrain from taking actions otherwise required by this
                  Agreement. Unless and until a termination of or by the Officer
                  as described in Section 11.b.(i) or (ii), the Officer's rights
                  under this Agreement shall be those of a general, unsecured
                  creditor, he shall have no claim against the assets of the
                  trust, and the assets of the trust shall remain subject to the
                  claims of creditors of Bancorp or the Bank. Upon the
                  termination of the trust as specified herein, the Officer
                  shall have no further interest in the trust.

12.      Indemnification and Liability Insurance.
         ---------------------------------------

         a.       Indemnification.  Bancorp and the Bank agree to indemnify the 
                  ---------------
                  Officer (and his heirs, executors, and administrators) to the
                  fullest extent permitted under applicable law and regulations
                  against any and all expenses and liabilities reasonably
                  incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any
                  action, suit, or proceeding in which he may be involved by
                  reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or
                  any of their subsidiaries (whether or not he continues to be a
                  director or officer at the time of incurring any such expenses
                  or liabilities) such expenses and liabilities to include, but
                  not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorney's fees
                  and the cost of reasonable settlements, such settlements to be
                  approved by the Board of Bancorp or the Bank, if such action
                  is brought against the Officer in his capacity as an officer
                  or director of Bancorp or the Bank or any of their
                  subsidiaries. Indemnification for expense shall not extend to
                  matters for which the Officer has been terminated for Just
                  Cause. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to provide
                  indemnification prohibited by applicable law or regulation.
                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                  the obligations of this Section 12 shall survive the term of
                  this Agreement by a period of seven years.

         b.       Insurance.  During the period in which indemnification of
                  ---------
                  the Officer is required under this Section, Bancorp or the
                  Bank shall provide the Officer (and his heirs, executors, and
                  administrators) with coverage under a directors' and officers'
                  liability policy at the expense of Bancorp or the Bank, at
                  least equivalent to such coverage provided to directors and
                  senior officers of Bancorp or the Bank, whichever is more
                  favorable to the Officer.

13.      Reimbursement of Officer's Expenses to Enforce this Agreement. Bancorp
         -------------------------------------------------------------
or the Bank shall reimburse the Officer for all out-of-pocket expenses,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the
Officer in connection with successful enforcement by the Officer of the
obligations of Bancorp or the Bank to the Officer under this Agreement up to a
maximum of $30,000. Successful enforcement shall mean the grant of an award of
money or the requirement that Bancorp or the Bank take some action specified by
this Agreement (i) as a result of court order; or (ii) otherwise by Bancorp or
the Bank following an initial failure of Bancorp or the Bank to pay such money
or take such action promptly after written demand therefor from the Officer
stating the reason that such money or action was due under this Agreement at or
prior to the time of such demand.

14.      Adjustment of Certain Payments and Benefits.
         -------------------------------------------

         a.       In the event that payments pursuant to this Agreement
                  (including, without limitation, any payment under any plan,
                  program, or arrangement referred to in Section 5 or 6 hereof)
                  would result in the imposition of a penalty tax pursuant to
                  Section 280G, such payments shall be reduced to equal the
                  maximum amount which may be paid under Section 280G without
                  exceeding such limits. In the event any such reduction in
                  payments is necessary, the Officer may determine, in his sole
                  discretion, which categories of payments (including, without
                  limitation, the value of benefits or of acceleration of
                  vesting or receipt of benefits or amounts) are to be reduced
                  or eliminated.

         b.       Payments made to the Officer pursuant to this Agreement or
                  otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their
                  compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S) 1828
                  (k), relating to "golden parachute" and indemnification
                  payments and certain other benefits.

15.      Injunctive Relief. If there is a breach or threatened breach of Section
         -----------------
10.h. of this Agreement or the prohibitions upon disclosure contained in Section
9.c. of this Agreement, Bancorp or the Bank and the Officer agree that there is
no adequate remedy at law for such breach, and that Bancorp and the Bank each
shall be entitled to 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
injunctive relief restraining the Officer from such breach or threatened breach,
but such relief shall not be the exclusive remedy hereunder for such breach. The
parties hereto likewise agree that the Officer shall be entitled to injunctive
relief to enforce the obligations of Bancorp and the Bank under Section 11 of
this Agreement.

16.      Successors and Assigns.
         ----------------------

         a.       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
                  upon any corporate or other successor of Bancorp or the Bank
                  which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger,
                  consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all
                  of the assets or stock of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.       Since the Bank and Bancorp are contracting for the unique and
                  personal skills of the Officer, the Officer shall be precluded
                  from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder
                  without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank and
                  Bancorp.

17.      No  Mitigation.  The Officer shall not be required to mitigate the
         --------------
amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment
or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any
compensation or benefits provided to the Officer in any subsequent employment.

18.      Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications in
         -------
connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to
have been given when delivered by hand or 48 hours after mailing at any general
or branch United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall have been
designated in writing by the addressee:


         a.       If to Bancorp or the Bank:
                  Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
                  Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland
                  17801 Georgia Avenue
                  Olney, Maryland 20832
                  Attention:  President and Chief Executive Officer
                  Copy to:    Corporate Secretary

         b.       If to the Officer:
                  Stanley L. Merson
                  8324 Sweet Cherry Lane
                  Laurel, Maryland 20723


19.      Joint and Severally Liability; Payments by Bancorp and the Bank. To the
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
extent permitted by law, except as otherwise provided herein, Bancorp and the
Bank shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all amounts due
under this Agreement. Bancorp hereby agrees that it 

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
shall be jointly and severally liable with the Bank for the payment of all
amounts due under this Agreement and shall guarantee the performance of the
Bank's obligations thereunder, provided that Bancorp shall not be required by
this Agreement to pay to the Officer a salary or any bonuses or any other cash
payments, except in the event that the Bank does not fulfill the obligations to
the Officer hereunder for such payments. Bancorp may, however, pay salary and
bonuses as deemed appropriate by its Board in the exercise of its discretion.

20.      No Plan Created by this Agreement. The Officer, Bancorp and the Bank
         ---------------------------------
expressly declare and agree that this Agreement was negotiated among them and
that no provision or provisions of this Agreement are intended to, or shall be
deemed to, create any plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act or any other law or regulation, and Bancorp, the Bank and the
Officer each expressly waives any right to assert the contrary. Any assertion in
any judicial or administrative filing, hearing, or process by or on behalf of
the Officer or Bancorp or the Bank that such a plan was so created by this
Agreement shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by the party
making such an assertion.

21.      Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall 
         ----------
be binding unless made in writing and signed by all of the parties, except as
herein otherwise specifically provided.

22.      Applicable  Law.  Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, 
         ---------------
the laws of the State of Maryland shall govern this Agreement in all  
respects, whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance  
or otherwise.

23.      Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed 
         ------------
severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

24.      Headings. Headings contained herein are for convenience of reference 
         --------
only.
25.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any understanding or
         ----------------
modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute
the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof, other than written agreements with respect to specific plans, programs,
or arrangements described in Sections 5 and 6, and supersedes all prior
agreements other than with respect to such specific plans, programs, or
arrangements.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
the date first set forth above.

                     SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND

                     By: /s/ Hunter R. Hollar

                     Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                     SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

                     By: /s/ Hunter R. Hollar

                     Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                     OFFICER
                     /s/ Stanley L. Merson
                     Stanley L. Merson

                                       15

<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit 10(i)
<PAGE>
 
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

================================================================================

         THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), made this 30th day of January 1997,
by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., a registered bank holding company
("Bancorp"), Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland, a national banking
association and wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp with its main office in
Olney, Maryland (the "Bank"), and Frank H. Small (the "Officer").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Officer is employed as the Senior Vice President of the
Bank.

         WHEREAS, as a result of the skill, knowledge, and experience of the
Officer, the Board of Directors of the Bank (the "Board") desires to retain the
services of the Officer.

         WHEREAS, the Officer desires to continue to serve as the Senior Vice
President of the Bank.

         WHEREAS, the Officer and the Board and the Board of Directors of
Bancorp desire to enter into an Agreement setting forth the terms of conditions
of the continuing employment of the Officer and the related rights and
obligations of each of the parties.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1.       Employment. The Officer is employed as the Senior Vice President of the
         ----------
Bank, reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer. Subject to
direction of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Officer shall
perform all duties and shall have all powers which are commonly incident to the
office of Senior Vice President or which, consistent with that office, are
delegated to him by the President and Chief Executive Officer. The officer shall
serve as a member of the Senior Officer Policy Committee, Senior Loan Committee,
and Asset/Liability Committee of the Bank. The Officer's duties include, but are
not limited to:

         a.       Making recommendations to the President and Chief Executive
                  Officer concerning the consumer banking and branching
                  strategies, policies, and tactics of the Bank;

         b.       Management oversight of the branching and retail banking
                  functions of the Bank, including supervision of the officers
                  and employees engaged in these functions;

         c.       Management oversight of the Marketing functions of the Bank,
                  including supervision of the officers and employees engaged in
                  these functions;

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
         d.       Management oversight of the Operations and Communications
                  functions of the Bank, including supervision of the officers
                  and employees engaged in these functions;

         e.       Promoting the Bank and its services;

         f.       Managing the efforts of the Bank to comply with applicable
                  laws and regulations relating to the branching and retail
                  banking; and

         g.       Providing complete, timely, and accurate reports to the
                  President and Chief Executive Officer of Bancorp and the Bank
                  regarding the Bank's retail banking and branching functions.

2.       Location and Facilities. The Officer will be furnished with the working
         -----------------------
facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the title and duties
set forth in Section 1 and as are necessary for him to perform his duties. The
location of such facilities and staff shall be at the principal administrative
offices of the Bank, or at such other site or sites customary for such offices.

3.       Term.
         ----

         a.       The term of this Agreement shall be (i) the initial term,
                  consisting of the period commencing on the date of this
                  Agreement (the "Effective Date") and ending immediately prior
                  to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, plus (ii) any
                  and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this
                  Section 3.

         b.       On each anniversary of the Effective Date prior to a
                  termination of the Agreement, the term under this Agreement
                  shall be extended for an additional one-year period beyond the
                  then effective expiration date without action by any party,
                  provided that neither the Bank nor the Officer shall have
                  given written notice at least sixty (60) days prior to such
                  anniversary date of its or his desire that the term not be
                  extended. The President and Chief Executive Officer will
                  review the Officer's performance and the advisability of
                  extending the term of this Agreement, and the Board shall,
                  based on such review, determine whether or not to extend the
                  term of this Agreement at a meeting or meetings at least
                  ninety (90) days prior to each anniversary date.

4.       Base Compensation.
         -----------------

         a.       The Bank agrees to pay the Officer during the term of this
                  Agreement a salary at the rate of $95,000 per annum, payable
                  in cash not less frequently than monthly, as may be adjusted
                  in accordance with this Section 4.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
         b.       The Human Resources Committee of the Bank (the "Committee")
                  with the advice of the President and Chief Executive Officer
                  shall perform an annual analysis of the Officer's performance
                  and of the compensation of officers performing similar
                  functions at independent financial institutions of comparable
                  assets and performance, and based upon this review, the
                  recommendation of the President and Chief Executive Officer,
                  and on such other factors as it deems pertinent, shall
                  recommend to the Board the salary rate to be paid beginning on
                  the next April 1 following such review. The Board shall review
                  annually the rate of the Officer's salary based upon this
                  recommendation of the Committee and other factors they deem
                  relevant, and may maintain, increase or decrease his salary,
                  provided that no such action shall (i) reduce the rate of
                  salary below $95,000 or (ii) reduce the rate of salary paid to
                  the Officer for any months prior to the month in which notice
                  of the reduction is provided in writing to the Officer.

         c.       In the absence of action by the Board, the Officer shall
                  continue to receive salary at the $95,000 per annum rate
                  specified herein or, if another rate has been established
                  under the provisions of this Section 4, the rate last properly
                  established by action of the Board under the provisions of
                  this Section 4.

5.       Bonuses. Unless the Officer agrees otherwise, he shall be entitled to
         -------
participate in discretionary bonuses that the Board may award from time to time
to senior management employees pursuant to bonus plans or otherwise. The Officer
also shall participate in any other fringe benefits which are or may become
available to senior management employees of the Bank, including for example: any
stock option or incentive compensation plans and any other benefits that are
commensurate with the responsibilities and functions to be performed by the
Officer under this Agreement. No other compensation provided for in this
Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the Officer's right to participate in
such discretionary bonuses or fringe benefits.

6.       Benefit Plans. The Officer shall be entitled to participate in such 
         -------------
life insurance, medical, dental, pension, profit sharing, and retirement plans
and other programs and arrangements as may be approved from time to time by
Bancorp or the Bank for the benefit of the employees of the Bank. In addition,
the Officer shall be entitled to participate in a nonstatutory supplemental
retirement plan or arrangement ("SERP") established for the Officer and in the
Executive Health Expense Reimbursement and Insurance Plans (together, the
"HERP") or a successor plan or plans that provide the same or greater level of
benefits as those provided to participants under the HERP as in effect on the
Effective Date. (The resolution of the Board of the Bank approving this
Agreement shall serve as a designation of eligibility to participate in the HERP
as of the Effective Time, if the Officer had not previously been designated as
eligible.)

7.       Vacation and Leave.
         ------------------

         a.       The Officer shall be entitled to five weeks (twenty-five
                  working days) of vacation with pay during each consecutive
                  twelve-month period commencing on January 1, 1997 and each
                  January 1 thereafter during the term of this Agreement, to be

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                  taken at reasonable times and in reasonable periods as the
                  Officer and the Bank shall mutually determine, and provided
                  that no vacation time shall interfere with the duties required
                  to be rendered by the Officer hereunder. Any vacation time not
                  used during a twelve-month period shall carry over and be
                  useable during the succeeding twelve-month period, but not
                  thereafter. The Officer shall not receive any additional
                  compensation from the Bank on account of his failure to take
                  vacation.

         b.       In addition to paid vacations, the Officer shall be entitled,
                  without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the
                  performance of his employment for such additional periods of
                  time and for such valid and legitimate reasons as the
                  President and Chief Executive Officer may in his discretion
                  determine. Further, the President and Chief Executive Officer
                  may grant to the Officer a leave or leaves of absence, with or
                  without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and
                  conditions as the President and Chief Executive Officer in his
                  discretion may determine.

8.       Expense Payments and Reimbursements. The Officer shall be reimbursed 
         -----------------------------------
for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses which he shall incur in
connection with his services under this Agreement upon substantiation of such
expenses in accordance with applicable policies of the Bank.

9.       Loyalty and Confidentiality.
         ---------------------------

         a.       During the term of this Agreement the Officer: (i) shall 
                  devote all his time, attention, skill, and efforts to the
                  faithful performance of his duties hereunder; provided,
                  however, that from time to time, the Officer may serve on the
                  boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or
                  positions in, companies or organizations which will not
                  present any conflict of interest with Bancorp or the Bank or
                  any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, unfavorably affect
                  the performance of Officer's duties pursuant to this
                  Agreement, or violate any applicable statute or regulation;
                  and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity contrary
                  to the business affairs or interests of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.       Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the
                  Officer's right to invest in the capital stock or other
                  securities of any business dissimilar from that of Bancorp and
                  the Bank, or, solely as a passive, minority investor, in any
                  business.

         c.       The Officer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any and
                  all information concerning the operation or financial status
                  of Bancorp and the Bank; the names or addresses of any of
                  their borrowers, depositors and other customers; any
                  information concerning or obtained from such customers; and
                  any other information concerning Bancorp or the Bank to which
                  he may be exposed during

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                  the course of his employment. The Officer further agrees that,
                  unless required by law or specifically permitted by Bancorp or
                  the Bank in writing, he will not disclose to any person or
                  entity, either during or subsequent to his employment, any of
                  the above-mentioned information which is not generally known
                  to the public, nor shall he employ such information in any way
                  other than for the benefit of Bancorp and the Bank.

10.      Termination and Termination Pay. Subject to Section 11 of this
         -------------------------------
Agreement, the Officer's employment under this Agreement may be terminated in
the following circumstances:

         a.       Death.  The Officer's employment under this Agreement shall
                  -----
                  terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in
                  which event the Officer's estate shall be entitled to receive
                  the compensation due to the Officer through the last day of
                  the calendar month in which his death occurred.

         b.       Retirement.  This Agreement shall be terminated upon the 
                  ----------
                  normal or early retirement of the Officer under the retirement
                  benefit plan or plans in which he participates pursuant to
                  Section 6 of this Agreement.

         c.       Disability.  The Bank or the Officer may terminate the  
                  ----------
                  Officer's employment after having established the Officer's
                  Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means
                  a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Officer's
                  ability to substantially perform his duties under this
                  Agreement and that results in the Officer's becoming eligible
                  for long-term disability benefits under Bancorp's or the
                  Bank's long-term disability plan (or, if Bancorp or the Bank
                  has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Officer's ability
                  to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement for a
                  period of one-hundred-eighty consecutive days). In the event
                  of such Disability, the Officer's obligation to perform
                  services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of
                  such termination, the Officer shall be entitled to receive the
                  following:

                  i.       The compensation and benefits provided for under this
                           Agreement for any period during the term of this
                           Agreement and prior to the date of termination
                           pursuant to this Section 10.c. during which the
                           Officer is unable to work due to physical or mental
                           infirmity (less any amounts which the Officer
                           receives under any disability insurance maintained by
                           Bancorp or the Bank with respect to such period);

                  ii.      For the period beginning upon the date of termination
                           pursuant to this Section 10.c. and continuing for the
                           remaining term of this Agreement, (A) salary at the
                           highest rate paid pursuant to Section 4 of this
                           Agreement during the twelve months prior to the
                           establishment of such disability under this Section
                           10.c., reduced by any payments received by the
                           Officer during such period following termination
                           under a long term disability plan 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                           or policy maintained by Bancorp or the Bank, and (B)
                           benefits pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement.

                  The Board shall determine whether or not the Officer is and
         continues to be permanently disabled for purposes of this Agreement in
         good faith, based upon competent medical advice and other factors that
         it reasonably believes to be relevant. As a condition to any benefits,
         such Board may require the Officer to submit to such physical or mental
         evaluations and tests as it deems reasonably appropriate.

         d.       Just Cause.
                  ----------

                  i.       The Board may, by written notice to the Officer in
                           the form and manner specified in this paragraph,
                           immediately terminate his employment with the Bank at
                           any time for Just Cause. The Officer shall have no
                           right to receive compensation or other benefits for
                           any period after termination for Just Cause.
                           Termination for "Just Cause" shall mean termination
                           because of, in the good faith determination of the
                           Board, the Officer's:

                           (1)      Personal dishonesty;
                           (2)      Incompetence;
                           (3)      Willful misconduct;
                           (4)      Breach of fiduciary duty involving personal 
                                    profit;
                           (5)      Intentional failure to perform duties under 
                                    this Agreement;
                           (6)      Other, continuing material failure to
                                    perform his duties under this Agreement
                                    after reasonable notification (which shall
                                    be stated in writing and given at least
                                    fifteen days prior to termination) by the
                                    Board of such failure;
                           (7)      Willful violation of any law, rule or
                                    regulation (other than traffic violations or
                                    similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist
                                    order; or
                           (8)      Material breach by the Officer of any 
                                    provision of this Agreement.

                  ii.      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Officer shall not
                           be deemed to have been terminated for Just Cause
                           unless there shall have been delivered to the Officer
                           a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
                           affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the
                           entire membership of the Board at a meeting called
                           and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to
                           the Officer and an opportunity for the Officer to be
                           heard before the Board), finding that in the good
                           faith opinion of the Board the Officer was guilty of
                           conduct described above and specifying the
                           particulars thereof.

         e.       Certain Regulatory Events.
                  -------------------------

                  i. If the Officer is removed and/or permanently prohibited
                  from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an
                  order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal
                  Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1818(e)(4)

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                  and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
                  shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but
                  vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

                  ii. If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1)
                  of FDIA), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
                  shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights
                  of the parties shall not be affected.

                  iii. If a notice served under Sections 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of
                  the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)) suspends
                  and/or temporarily prohibits the Officer from participating in
                  the conduct of the Bank's affairs, the Bank's obligations
                  under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of such
                  service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the
                  charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may, in its
                  discretion, (i) pay the Officer all or part of the
                  compensation withheld while its contract obligations were
                  suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its
                  obligations which were suspended.

                  The occurrence of any of the events described in paragraphs i,
         ii, and iii above may be considered by the Board in connection with a
         termination for Just Cause.

         f.       Voluntary Termination by Officer. In addition to his other 
                  --------------------------------
         rights to terminate under this Agreement, the Officer may voluntarily
         terminate employment with the Bank during the term of this Agreement
         upon at least sixty days' prior written notice to the Bank, in which
         case the Officer shall receive only his compensation, vested rights and
         employee benefits up to the date of his termination.

         g.       Without Just Cause or With Good Reason.
                  --------------------------------------

                  i. In addition to termination pursuant to Section 10.a.
                  through 10.f.: the Board may, by written notice to the
                  Officer, immediately terminate his employment with the Bank at
                  any time for a reason other than Just Cause (a termination
                  "Without Just Cause"); and the Officer may, by written notice
                  to the Board, immediately terminate this Agreement at any time
                  within ninety days following an event of "Good Reason" as
                  defined below (a termination "With Good Reason"). ii. Subject
                  to Section 11 hereof, in the event of termination under this
                  Section 10.g., the Officer shall be entitled to receive the
                  salary for the remaining term of the Agreement, including any
                  renewals or extensions thereof, at the highest annual rate in
                  effect pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement for any of the
                  twelve months immediately preceding the date of such
                  termination, plus annual cash bonuses for each year (prorated
                  in the event of partial years) remaining under such term at
                  the amount received by the Officer in the calendar year
                  preceding the termination. The sum due under this Section
                  10.g. shall be paid in one lump sum within ten calendar days
                  of such termination.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                  iii. "Good Reason" shall exist if, without Officer's express
                  written consent, Bancorp or the Bank materially breach any of
                  its respective obligations under this Agreement. Without
                  limitation, such a material breach shall be deemed to occur
                  upon any of the following:

                           (1)      A material reduction in the Officer's
                                    responsibilities or authority in connection
                                    with his employment with the Bank;
                           (2)      Assignment to the Officer of duties of a
                                    nonexecutive nature or duties for which he
                                    is not reasonably equipped by his skills and
                                    experience;
                           (3)      A reduction in salary or benefits contrary
                                    to the terms of this Agreement, or,
                                    following a Change in Control as defined in
                                    Section 11 of this Agreement, any reduction
                                    in salary or material reduction in benefits
                                    below the amounts to which he was entitled
                                    prior to the Change in Control;
                           (4)      Termination of incentive and benefit plans,
                                    programs, or arrangements, or reduction of
                                    the Officer's participation to such an
                                    extent as to materially reduce their
                                    aggregate value below their aggregate value
                                    as of the Effective Date;
                           (5)      A requirement that the Officer relocate his
                                    principal business office or his principal
                                    place of residence outside Montgomery
                                    County, Maryland, or the assignment to the
                                    Officer of duties that would reasonably
                                    require such a relocation;
                           (6)      A requirement that the Officer spend more
                                    than thirty normal working days away from
                                    Montgomery County, Maryland during any
                                    consecutive twelve-month period; or
                           (7)      Failure to provide office facilities,
                                    secretarial services, and other
                                    administrative services to Officer which are
                                    substantially equivalent to the facilities
                                    and services provided to the Officer on the
                                    Effective Date (excluding brief periods
                                    during which office facilities may be
                                    temporarily unavailable due to fire, natural
                                    disaster, or other calamity).

                  iv.      Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) a reduction or
                           elimination of the Officer's benefits under one or
                           more benefit plans maintained by Bancorp or the Bank
                           as part of a good faith, overall reduction or
                           elimination of such plan or plans or benefits
                           thereunder applicable to all participants in a manner
                           that does not discriminate against the Officer
                           (except as such discrimination may be necessary to
                           comply with law) shall not constitute an event of
                           Good Reason or a material breach of this Agreement,
                           provided that benefits of the type or to the general
                           extent as those offered under such plans prior to
                           such reduction or elimination are not available to
                           other officers of Bancorp or the Bank or any company
                           that controls either of

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                           them under a plan or plans in or under which the
                           Officer is not entitled to participate, and receive
                           benefits, on a fair and nondiscriminatory basis; and
                           (B) a requirement that the Officer report to and be
                           subject to the direction or supervision of a senior
                           officer of Bancorp or the Bank other than the
                           President and Chief Executive Officer shall not
                           constitute an event of Good Reason or a material
                           breach of this Agreement.

         h.       Continuing Covenant not to Compete or Interfere with
                  ----------------------------------------------------
                  Relationships. Regardless of anything herein to the contrary,
                  -------------
                  following a termination (i) upon retirement pursuant to
                  Section 10.b., (ii) due to Disability pursuant to Section
                  10.c., (iii) for Just Cause pursuant to Section 10.d., or (iv)
                  by the Officer pursuant to Section 10.f.:

                  i.       The Officer's obligations under Section 9.c. of this
                           Agreement will continue in effect; and

                  ii.      During the remaining term of this Agreement
                           (determined immediately before such termination), the
                           Officer shall not serve as an officer or director or
                           employee of any bank holding company, bank, savings
                           association, savings and loan holding company, or
                           mortgage company (any of which, a "Financial
                           Institution"), which Financial Institution offers
                           products or services competing with those offered by
                           Bancorp or the Bank from offices in any county in the
                           State of Maryland or of any other State in which the
                           Bank, Bancorp or any of their subsidiaries has a
                           branch, and shall not interfere with the relationship
                           of Bancorp or the Bank and any of its employees,
                           agents, or representatives.

11.      Termination in Connection with a Change in Control.
         --------------------------------------------------

         a.       For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in Control" shall be
                  deemed to occur on the earliest of:

                  i.       The acquisition by any entity, person or group (other
                           than the acquisition by a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of beneficial
                           ownership, as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3
                           under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of more
                           than 25% of the outstanding capital stock of Bancorp
                           or the Bank entitled to vote for the election of
                           directors ("Voting Stock");

                  ii.      The commencement by any entity, person, or group
                           (other than Bancorp or the Bank, a subsidiary of
                           Bancorp or the Bank or a tax-qualified retirement
                           plan sponsored by Bancorp or the Bank) of a tender
                           offer or an exchange offer for more than 20% of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank;

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                  iii.     The effective time of (a) a merger or consolidation
                           of Bancorp or the Bank with one or more other
                           corporations as a result of which the holders of the
                           outstanding Voting Stock of Bancorp or the Bank
                           immediately prior to such merger exercise voting
                           control over less than 80% of the Voting Stock of the
                           surviving or resulting corporation, or (b) a transfer
                           of substantially all of the property of Bancorp or
                           the Bank other than to an entity of which Bancorp or
                           the Bank owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock;

                  iv.      Upon the acquisition by any entity, person, or group
                           of the control of the election of a majority of the
                           Bank's or Bancorp's directors,

                  v.       At such time that, during any period of two
                           consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
                           of such period constitute the Board of Bancorp or the
                           Bank (the "Continuing Directors") cease for any
                           reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof,
                           provided that any individual whose election or
                           nomination for election as a member of the Board was
                           approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
                           Continuing Directors then in office shall be
                           considered a Continuing Director.

         b.       Termination.  If within the period beginning six months  
                  -----------
                  prior to and ending two years after a Change in Control, (i)
                  the Bank shall terminate the Officer's employment Without Just
                  Cause, or (ii) the Officer shall voluntarily terminate his
                  employment With Good Reason, the Bank shall, within ten
                  calendar days of the termination of Officer's employment, make
                  a lump-sum cash payment to him equal to 2.99 times the sum of
                  (x) his annual salary at the highest annual rate in effect for
                  any of the twelve months immediately preceding the date of
                  such termination, plus (y) the amount of other compensation
                  received by him during the calendar year preceding the Change
                  in Control. This cash payment is subject to adjustment
                  pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, and shall be made in
                  lieu of any payment also required under section 10.g. of this
                  Agreement because of a termination in such period. The
                  Officer's rights under Section 10.g. are not otherwise
                  affected by this Section 11. Also, in such event, the Officer
                  shall, for three calendar years following his termination of
                  employment, continue to participate in any benefit plans of
                  Bancorp and the Bank that provide health (including medical
                  and dental), life or disability insurance, or similar coverage
                  upon terms no less favorable than the most favorable terms
                  provided to senior officers of the Bank during such period.

         c.       Funding of Trust upon Change in Control.  In order to 
                  ---------------------------------------
                  assure payment to the Officer of amounts that may become
                  payable by Bancorp or the Bank pursuant to this Section,
                  unless and to the extent the Officer has previously provided a
                  written release of any claims under Section 11 of this
                  Agreement, not later than ten 

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                  business days after a Change in Control, Bancorp or the Bank
                  shall (i) establish a valid trust under the law of the State
                  of Maryland with an independent trustee that has or may be
                  granted corporate trust powers under Maryland law, (ii)
                  deposit in such trust an amount equal to 2.99 times his "base
                  amount" as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and
                  regulations promulgated thereunder (Section 280G and related
                  regulations hereinafter referred to as Section 280G"), at the
                  time of the Change of Control, and (iii) provide the trustee
                  of the trust with a written direction to hold said amount and
                  any investment return thereon in a segregated account, and to
                  pay such amounts as demanded by the Officer from the trust
                  upon written demand from the Officer stating the amount of the
                  payment demanded from the trust and the basis for his rights
                  to such payment under Section 11 of this Agreement. Upon the
                  earlier of the final payment of all amounts demanded by the
                  Officer under this Section 11 or the date thirty-six months
                  after the Change in Control, the trustee of the trust shall
                  pay to Bancorp or the Bank, as applicable, the entire balance
                  remaining in the trust. Payments from the trust to the Officer
                  shall be considered payments made by Bancorp or the Bank for
                  purposes of this Agreement. Payment of such amounts to the
                  Officer from the trust, however, shall not relieve Bancorp or
                  the Bank from any obligation to pay amounts in excess of those
                  paid from the trust, or from any obligation to take actions or
                  refrain from taking actions otherwise required by this
                  Agreement. Unless and until a termination of or by the Officer
                  as described in Section 11.b.(i) or (ii), the Officer's rights
                  under this Agreement shall be those of a general, unsecured
                  creditor, he shall have no claim against the assets of the
                  trust, and the assets of the trust shall remain subject to the
                  claims of creditors of Bancorp or the Bank. Upon the
                  termination of the trust as specified herein, the Officer
                  shall have no further interest in the trust.

12.      Indemnification and Liability Insurance.
         ---------------------------------------

         a.       Indemnification.  Bancorp and the Bank agree to indemnify 
                  ---------------
                  the Officer (and his heirs, executors, and administrators) to
                  the fullest extent permitted under applicable law and
                  regulations against any and all expenses and liabilities
                  reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out
                  of any action, suit, or proceeding in which he may be involved
                  by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank
                  or any of their subsidiaries (whether or not he continues to
                  be a director or officer at the time of incurring any such
                  expenses or liabilities) such expenses and liabilities to
                  include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and
                  attorney's fees and the cost of reasonable settlements, such
                  settlements to be approved by the Board of Bancorp or the
                  Bank, if such action is brought against the Officer in his
                  capacity as an officer or director of Bancorp or the Bank or
                  any of their subsidiaries. Indemnification for expense shall
                  not extend to matters for which the Officer has been
                  terminated for Just Cause. Nothing contained herein shall be
                  deemed to provide indemnification prohibited by applicable law
                  or regulation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
                  contrary, 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                  the obligations of this Section 12 shall survive the
                  term of this Agreement by a period of seven years.

         b.       Insurance.  During the period in which indemnification of the
                  ---------
                  Officer is required under this Section, Bancorp or the Bank
                  shall provide the Officer (and his heirs, executors, and
                  administrators) with coverage under a directors' and officers'
                  liability policy at the expense of Bancorp or the Bank, at
                  least equivalent to such coverage provided to directors and
                  senior officers of Bancorp or the Bank, whichever is more
                  favorable to the Officer.

13.      Reimbursement of Officer's Expenses to Enforce this Agreement. Bancorp 
         -------------------------------------------------------------
or the Bank shall reimburse the Officer for all out-of-pocket expenses,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the
Officer in connection with successful enforcement by the Officer of the
obligations of Bancorp or the Bank to the Officer under this Agreement up to a
maximum of $30,000. Successful enforcement shall mean the grant of an award of
money or the requirement that Bancorp or the Bank take some action specified by
this Agreement (i) as a result of court order; or (ii) otherwise by Bancorp or
the Bank following an initial failure of Bancorp or the Bank to pay such money
or take such action promptly after written demand therefor from the Officer
stating the reason that such money or action was due under this Agreement at or
prior to the time of such demand.

14.      Adjustment of Certain Payments and Benefits.
         -------------------------------------------

         a.       In the event that payments pursuant to this Agreement
                  (including, without limitation, any payment under any plan,
                  program, or arrangement referred to in Section 5 or 6 hereof)
                  would result in the imposition of a penalty tax pursuant to
                  Section 280G, such payments shall be reduced to equal the
                  maximum amount which may be paid under Section 280G without
                  exceeding such limits. In the event any such reduction in
                  payments is necessary, the Officer may determine, in his sole
                  discretion, which categories of payments (including, without
                  limitation, the value of benefits or of acceleration of
                  vesting or receipt of benefits or amounts) are to be reduced
                  or eliminated.

         b.       Payments made to the Officer pursuant to this Agreement or
                  otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their
                  compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. (S) 1828
                  (k), relating to "golden parachute" and indemnification
                  payments and certain other benefits.

15.      Injunctive Relief. If there is a breach or threatened breach of Section
         -----------------
10.h. of this Agreement or the prohibitions upon disclosure contained in Section
9.c. of this Agreement, Bancorp or the Bank and the Officer agree that there is
no adequate remedy at law for such breach, and that Bancorp and the Bank each
shall be entitled to injunctive relief restraining the Officer from such breach
or threatened breach, but such relief shall not be the exclusive remedy
hereunder for such breach. The parties hereto likewise agree that the Officer
shall be entitled to 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
injunctive relief to enforce the obligations of Bancorp and the Bank under
Section 11 of this Agreement.

16.      Successors and Assigns.
         ----------------------

         a.       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
                  upon any corporate or other successor of Bancorp or the Bank
                  which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger,
                  consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all
                  of the assets or stock of Bancorp or the Bank.

         b.       Since the Bank and Bancorp are contracting for the unique and
                  personal skills of the Officer, the Officer shall be precluded
                  from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder
                  without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank and
                  Bancorp.

17.      No  Mitigation.  The Officer shall not be required to mitigate the 
         --------------
amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment
or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any
compensation or benefits provided to the Officer in any subsequent employment.

18.      Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications in
         -------
connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to
have been given when delivered by hand or 48 hours after mailing at any general
or branch United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall have been
designated in writing by the addressee:


         a.       If to Bancorp or the Bank:
                  Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
                  Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland
                  17801 Georgia Avenue
                  Olney, Maryland 20832
                  Attention:   President and Chief Executive Officer
                  Copy to:     Corporate Secretary

         b.       If to the Officer:
                  Frank H. Small
                  269 Southdale Court
                  Dunkirk, Maryland     20754


19.      Joint and Severally Liability; Payments by Bancorp and the Bank. To the
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
extent permitted by law, except as otherwise provided herein, Bancorp and the
Bank shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all amounts due
under this Agreement. Bancorp hereby agrees that it 

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
shall be jointly and severally liable with the Bank for the payment of all
amounts due under this Agreement and shall guarantee the performance of the
Bank's obligations thereunder, provided that Bancorp shall not be required by
this Agreement to pay to the Officer a salary or any bonuses or any other cash
payments, except in the event that the Bank does not fulfill the obligations to
the Officer hereunder for such payments. Bancorp may, however, pay salary and
bonuses as deemed appropriate by its Board in the exercise of its discretion.

20.      No Plan Created by this Agreement. The Officer, Bancorp and the Bank
         ---------------------------------
expressly declare and agree that this Agreement was negotiated among them and
that no provision or provisions of this Agreement are intended to, or shall be
deemed to, create any plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act or any other law or regulation, and Bancorp, the Bank and the
Officer each expressly waives any right to assert the contrary. Any assertion in
any judicial or administrative filing, hearing, or process by or on behalf of
the Officer or Bancorp or the Bank that such a plan was so created by this
Agreement shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by the party
making such an assertion.

21.      Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
         ----------
binding unless made in writing and signed by all of the parties, except as
herein otherwise specifically provided.

22.      Applicable Law.  Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, the
         --------------
laws of the State of Maryland shall govern this Agreement in all respects,
whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

23.      Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed
         ------------
severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

24.      Headings. Headings contained herein are for convenience of reference 
         --------
only.

25.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any understanding or
         ----------------
modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute
the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof, other than written agreements with respect to specific plans, programs,
or arrangements described in Sections 5 and 6, and supersedes all prior
agreements other than with respect to such specific plans, programs, or
arrangements.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
the date first set forth above.

                     SANDY SPRING NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND

                     By: /s/ Hunter H. Hollar

                     Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                 SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

                     By: /s/ Hunter H. Hollar

                     Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                     OFFICER
                     /s/ Frank H. Small
                     Frank H. Small


                                      15

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 9
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1997
<CASH>                                          23,194
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                             944
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                 5,707
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    320,529
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         106,781
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           108,016
<LOANS>                                        554,019
<ALLOWANCE>                                      6,634
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,067,046
<DEPOSITS>                                     818,182
<SHORT-TERM>                                   136,886
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              3,807
<LONG-TERM>                                      4,598
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         4,888
<OTHER-SE>                                      98,685
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>               1,067,046
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 36,917
<INTEREST-INVEST>                               17,608
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                 1,171
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                55,696
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              21,509
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              25,405
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           30,291
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      525
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 315
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                 21,232
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 14,909
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                      14,909
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     9,837
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.00
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     2.00
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    4.42
<LOANS-NON>                                      1,431
<LOANS-PAST>                                     1,035
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                    20
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                  7,730
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 6,391
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      345
<RECOVERIES>                                        63
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                6,634
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                             2,374
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                          4,260
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission